Corruption & Legitimacy - Maatschappijwetenschappen
Corruption & Legitimacy - Maatschappijwetenschappen
Corruption & Legitimacy - Maatschappijwetenschappen
You also want an ePaper? Increase the reach of your titles
YUMPU automatically turns print PDFs into web optimized ePapers that Google loves.
<strong>Corruption</strong> & <strong>Legitimacy</strong><br />
Editors:<br />
Heleen E. Bakker<br />
Nico G. Schulte Nordholt
<strong>Corruption</strong> & <strong>Legitimacy</strong><br />
Editors:<br />
Heleen E. Bakker<br />
Nico G. Schulte Nordholt<br />
SISWO Publication 393<br />
Amsterdam<br />
SISWO, 2000
SISWO Netherlands’ Universities Institute for Coordination of<br />
Research in Social Sciences<br />
Founded 30 November 1960.<br />
Address: Plantage Muidergracht 4, 1018 TV Amsterdam,<br />
the Netherlands<br />
Tel.: +31 20-527.06.00; fax: + 31.20-622.94.30;<br />
e-mail: siswo@siswo.uva.nl<br />
© 1997 No part of this book may be reproduced in any form<br />
by print, photoprint, microfilm or any other means<br />
without the prior permission of the publisher.<br />
Derde druk, augustus 2000
Foreword<br />
In March 1995, the Dutch Working Group on Public Administration in<br />
Developing Countries (WBIO; Working Group of the Dutch Association<br />
for Public Administration) organized at the SISWO-office in Amsterdam a<br />
seminar on the subject ‘corruption and legitimacy’. The present volume is<br />
based on the results of this seminar.<br />
Three questions are raised: how can differences in the occurrence of corruption<br />
between countries be explained; what is the relationship between<br />
corruption and legitimacy; and does the new institutional economics<br />
framework provide better starting points to investigate the relationship<br />
between corruption and legitimacy than the so-called revisionist and moralist<br />
frameworks? The central hypothesis is that corruption can breed in<br />
societies in which norms and values of different institutions (economic,<br />
legal and political) are in conflict, e.g. if the introduction of the free market<br />
is not accompanied by effective legal and political institutions. Case<br />
studies from India and Indonesia confirm this observation.<br />
It hardly needs saying that corruption is of all times and places. Even the<br />
Netherlands, so often thought to be clean in many respects, is not free<br />
from corruption. The epilogue offers an illustration of corruption in the<br />
Netherlands, by elaborating on the recent results of the Dutch Parliamentary<br />
Inquiry into police investigation methods. This case also confirms the<br />
hypothesis of institutional discrepancy as a breeding ground for corruption.<br />
SISWO was glad to offer facilities to realize this volume dealing with a<br />
subject high on the social-scientific, political and social agenda.<br />
Dr. J.G.M. Sterk<br />
director SISWO/Instituut voor <strong>Maatschappijwetenschappen</strong><br />
Netherlands’ Universities Institute for Coordination of Research in Social<br />
Sciences
Table of Contents<br />
Introduction<br />
Heleen E. Bakker & Nico G. Schulte Nordholt<br />
1 <strong>Corruption</strong> and <strong>Legitimacy</strong>:<br />
an Institutional Perspective<br />
Heleen E. Bakker<br />
2 Some Institutional and Legal Prerequisites of<br />
Economic Reform in India<br />
Kaushik Basu<br />
3 Personnel Transfer in Indian State Bureaucracy:<br />
<strong>Corruption</strong> and Anti-corruption<br />
Frank de Zwart<br />
4 <strong>Corruption</strong> and <strong>Legitimacy</strong> in Indonesia:<br />
an Exploration<br />
Nico G. Schulte Nordholt<br />
5 <strong>Corruption</strong> in Indonesian Public Tendering<br />
Okke Braadbaart<br />
6 Police and <strong>Corruption</strong> in the Netherlands:<br />
towards a micro-perspective<br />
Lucas Kroes & Coby de Boer<br />
Epilogue<br />
Nico G. Schulte Nordholt & Heleen E. Bakker<br />
9<br />
21<br />
35<br />
53<br />
65<br />
95<br />
119<br />
137<br />
Note on the Authors 149<br />
References 153
Introduction<br />
Heleen E. Bakker & Nico G. Schulte Nordholt<br />
What comes to mind, when people think of corruption? Do they immediately<br />
picture the private bank accounts of certain African leaders, that<br />
could easily pay off a large proportion of their countries’ national debt 1 ;or<br />
do they see the dozens of pairs of shoes Immelda Marcos had to leave<br />
behind when she and her dictatorial husband fled from the Philippines; do<br />
they think of the implausibility with which the Berlusconi government<br />
tried to uphold the ‘Clean Hands’ operation in Italy or do they, even,<br />
picture a local civil servant in one of the Dutch provinces, who has gone<br />
on an official jaunt once too often?<br />
<strong>Corruption</strong> is not in the slightest restricted to developing countries,<br />
as is sometimes suggested. The former Director of the Dutch National<br />
Security Service points to the fact that corruption exists in all layers of the<br />
administrative machinery and that this development forms a threat to the<br />
‘integrity’ of the Dutch government. 2 The current Minister of the Interior<br />
confirms this statement by concluding that the Dutch government is not<br />
spared from corruption, although the excesses of some developing countries<br />
are hard to imagine in the Netherlands. However, the government<br />
needs to take a firm stand against the further introduction of corruption<br />
into the administrative bureaucracy, says the Minister. 3 Recently, the public<br />
in the Netherlands has been startled by the practices of one of the<br />
interregional Criminal Investigation Departments 4 (CIDs), which was in<br />
charge of uncovering drug transportions. One of the investigation methods,<br />
that was controversial from the outset, involved the channelling of drug<br />
transportations by the CID, after the department had been briefed by an<br />
informant recruited from the criminal circuit. Some of the abuses that<br />
occurred within the framework of this particular investigation can be<br />
grouped under the heading of corruption. The abuses resulted in a Parliamentary<br />
Inquiry, the results of which were published in February 1996. 5<br />
It is clear that even the Netherlands, a country that is so often thought to<br />
be clean as regards corruption, is tarnished by this phenomenon. <strong>Corruption</strong><br />
scandals from neighbouring countries confirm the universal character<br />
of corruption: ‘That corruption is endemic in all government is practically<br />
certain. That there are striking differences in the event of corruption<br />
between governments...is equally patent’. 6<br />
9
Differences in occurrence<br />
How can differences in the occurrence of corruption between countries be<br />
explained? Which circumstances, and which mechanisms, can be held<br />
responsible for the introduction and, then, consolidation of corruption into<br />
a society? The first clue that leads to an answer to these two questions can<br />
be derived from Wertheim’s classical historical-sociological analysis. 7<br />
Wertheim, adopting Max Weber’s concepts of the patrimonial and the<br />
rational-legal bureaucracy, views corruption as inherent in the transition<br />
from patrimonial to rational-legal, that is, from traditional to modern societies.<br />
Conflicting values and loyalties result in an entanglement of mine<br />
and thine, of the public and the private sphere: ‘the lack of stability of the<br />
new...regimes is due primarily, not to the frequency of corruption, but to<br />
the discrepancy between social norm and reality, a permanent tension with<br />
a dysfunctional and disintegrating effect’ (1964, p.129). 8 Apparently,<br />
Wertheim attributes corruption to the conflicting values and loyalties of<br />
individuals, and ‘solutions’ to the phenomenon should accordingly be<br />
sought in changes in individual behaviour, based, in his case, on a socialist<br />
moral.<br />
Caiden and Caiden oppose this ‘individual corruption’ and introduce<br />
the concept of ‘systemic corruption’: a system in which the deviation<br />
of a norm has become the norm itself. The authors thus make a distinction<br />
between ‘corruption attributable to rotten apples’ and ‘rotten barrels that<br />
contaminate good apples’ (1993, p.4). Following Caiden and Caiden, it is<br />
accepted in this volume that corruption should not only be ascribed to<br />
individual characteristics, but that it predominantly has a systemic character.<br />
It is not so much the discrepancy between norms and values of any<br />
one individual and those of their environment that results in corrupt behaviour,<br />
but the gap between norms and values that are borne by institutions<br />
within a society. Following Uphoff, institutions are defined as ‘complexes<br />
of norms and behaviours that persist over time by serving collectively<br />
valued purposes’ (1986, p.9).<br />
Caiden and Caiden, however, restrict themselves to a quantitative<br />
interpretation of systemic corruption, in the sense that systemic corruption<br />
entails more of the same, namely individual corruption. This volume aims<br />
to pursue their line of thought to a greater depth: it is the conflicting<br />
norms and values that are disseminated by different institutions that explain<br />
the system of corruption. These conflicting norms and values are<br />
essential if one is to understand why corruption penetrates some societies<br />
10
more than others. Old norms and values may have lost their validity,<br />
whereas new norms and values have not yet been institutionalized. Economic<br />
institutions (such as the ‘free market’) may have been introduced,<br />
but the political and legal institutions necessary to effectively control these<br />
institutions, have not yet developed. This discrepancy is referred to as the<br />
horizontal institutional gap. If the institutional gap is not bridged quickly<br />
enough, corruption can consolidate. This line of reasoning, in which institutional<br />
discrepancy forms the central theme, is not new. In 1966, Huntington<br />
already noted that ‘corruption is...one measure of the absence of<br />
effective political institutionalization’ (1989, p.377). Scott shares his opinion<br />
‘...we can view corruption as an index of the disjunction between the<br />
social system and the formal political system; a subversive effort by the<br />
social system to bend the political system to its demands’ (1967, p.508).<br />
This volume will take the argument a step further.<br />
The circumstances and mechanisms under which corruption enters<br />
a society, are not restricted to processes of change and transformation at<br />
the national level, but are increasingly related to processes of internationalization<br />
as well. These processes are beyond the influence of institutions<br />
at the national level. The laundering of drug money, illegal (arms)<br />
trade, and other forms of international criminality result in elusive capital<br />
flows that go around the world at high speed and cannot be controlled by<br />
any national government. 9 National economic, political and legal institutions<br />
are not equipped to direct this globalization, and the international<br />
organizations that have been established for this purpose, do not have<br />
sufficient authority. This discrepancy is called the vertical institutional<br />
gap. The vertical institutional gap is a breeding ground for corruption in<br />
the same way as its horizontal counterpart. Again it is noted that if the<br />
vertical gap is not bridged in time, corruption can firmly take root in a<br />
society.<br />
The occurrence of corruption within society potentially undermines<br />
the legitimacy of both national and international institutions. An article in<br />
De Volkskrant (one of the Dutch daily national newspapers) expresses a<br />
strong view on this matter: ‘...Systemic and widespread corruption imposes<br />
a great threat on democratic societies. Democracy, after all, is a matter of<br />
delegated trust. <strong>Corruption</strong> undermines this trust. If citizens can no longer<br />
trust the representatives and governors elected by them, the end of<br />
democracy is near’. 10 One purpose of this volume is to further elaborate<br />
on the relationship between corruption and legitimacy. Is this relationship<br />
11
as straightforward as the article in De Volkskrant suggests, or does closer<br />
analysis reveal a more differentiated picture?<br />
<strong>Corruption</strong> and legitimacy<br />
The central theme of this volume is the relationship between corruption<br />
and legitimacy. In the first version of his survey, Heidenheimer asks himself:<br />
‘To what extent does public knowledge of extensive corruption in the<br />
administration undermine the legitimacy of the regime?’. He concludes<br />
that there is an ‘obvious need for further research’ (1970, p.485). So far,<br />
however, theory has failed to give a satisfactory analysis of the relationship<br />
between corruption and legitimacy. The approach of the moralists,<br />
that dominated the discussion for a long time, rejects everything that so<br />
much as resembles corruption, on moral grounds. According to their view,<br />
corruption arises from the emphasis people in authority put on their own<br />
interests: ‘Its cause was seen as the gaining of positions of power and<br />
trust by evil and dishonest men. The solution was to ‘turn the rascals out’’<br />
(Caiden and Caiden, 1977, p.301). 11 Revisionists, on the other hand, reject<br />
the moralistic viewpoint and suggest that corruption can fulfil functions<br />
that, from a societal point of view, can be positively valued. Although<br />
they acknowledge the structural character of corruption, and no longer<br />
ascribe it to incidental factors, their analysis, just as that of the moralists,<br />
remains confined to individual cases. However, in this volume, the systemic<br />
character of corruption, explained by the conflicting values of institutions,<br />
is put to the fore.<br />
What do we understand by corruption? Since the end of the 1960s,<br />
a vast amount of literature has been published with regard to political and<br />
administrative corruption, a topic that received little attention in social<br />
science before this date. 12 Defining the concept of ‘corruption’ has confronted<br />
social scientists with many difficulties throughout the years.<br />
Johnston notes that each definition of corruption needs to relate to a clearcut<br />
set of activities, otherwise the definition is not useful from an analytical<br />
point of view. However, personal values also play an important role in<br />
defining corruption. These moral judgements differ from time to time, and<br />
from place to place (1989, p.15). Since what is instinctively identified as<br />
corruption depends to a great extent on the context in which it takes place,<br />
formal-legal definitions are ‘scarcely broad enough’ 13 to cover the whole<br />
range. Which standard should we adopt? Although many authors take<br />
12
great care to point a pedantic finger in the direction of developing countries<br />
(which, in view of the track record, would be unfair anyway), it can<br />
be stated that, in general, the Western standard is adopted as the universal<br />
norm with regard to corruption. 14<br />
However, the significance that is ascribed to corruption has somewhat<br />
changed over the years. At first, corruption was considered the opposite<br />
of rationality and reform, in accordance with the Weberian rationallegal<br />
model, in which corruption is seen as a deviation from the ideal.<br />
Gradually, however, the emphasis in defining corruption has shifted to<br />
corruption as a ‘value free’ phenomenon. Heidenheimer et al.,(1989, pp. 9-<br />
10) identifies three categories within the variety of definitions:<br />
1 public office centred definitions that emphasize the deviation from<br />
norms that are connected to the practice of a public office. Bayley<br />
gives one example: ‘<strong>Corruption</strong>...is a general term covering misuse<br />
of authority as a result of considerations of personal gain’;<br />
2 market centred definitions, derived from economic theory, that<br />
regard the civil servant/politician as an income maximizing economic<br />
unit. Leff: ‘<strong>Corruption</strong> is an extra-legal institution used by<br />
individuals or groups to gain influence over the actions of the bureaucracy.<br />
As such the existence of corruption per se indicates<br />
only that these groups participate in the decision making process<br />
to a greater extent than would otherwise be the case’;<br />
3 public interest centred definitions, that place the influence corruption<br />
has on the public interest at the centre, as in Friedrich’s definition:<br />
‘The pattern of corruption can be said to exist whenever a<br />
power holder who is charged with doing certain things...is by<br />
monetary or other rewards...induced to take actions which favour<br />
whoever provides the rewards and thereby does damage to the<br />
public and its interests’.<br />
This volume<br />
In March 1995, a seminar was organized by the Working Group on Public<br />
Administration in Developing Countries (WBIO) in Amsterdam on the<br />
subject of ‘corruption and legitimacy’. The present volume builds on the<br />
results of this seminar. 15<br />
In Chapter 1, Heleen Bakker presents an institutional framework<br />
that can be used to analyse the relationship between corruption and legit-<br />
13
imacy. An attempt is made to see whether the new institutional economics<br />
approach provides better starting points to investigate the relationship<br />
between corruption and legitimacy. 16 Three main concepts from the new<br />
institutional toolkit are applied to the relationship between corruption and<br />
legitimacy: (1) the idea of property rights, (2) the principal-agent approach<br />
and (3) the principle of transaction costs.<br />
In a process of transformation and adjustment, property rights play<br />
an important role. During periods of change - whether these concern the<br />
transition from a traditional to a modern society, or from a centralized<br />
planning model to a free market -, the public and the private sector need<br />
to be clearly defined. The establishment of ownership titles is of crucial<br />
importance in this respect. If ownership rights are not clearly defined, the<br />
institutional discrepancy increases which may lead to an increase in corruption;<br />
a development that is obvious at the moment in the former Soviet<br />
Union and some other Eastern European countries. The relationship between<br />
a principal and his agents is also subject to change in a transition<br />
period. Old norms and values that determined this relationship have to be<br />
replaced by new institutions. Again, if new institutions are not established<br />
quickly enough, institutional discrepancy, as a breeding ground for corruption,<br />
enters the field. Finally, there is the principle of transaction costs:<br />
costs of negotiating and completing a transaction (information costs)<br />
which are not taken into account in economic models, but which should be<br />
incorporated in cost accounting in order to complete the picture. What is<br />
the value of an analysis that expresses the costs and benefits of corruption<br />
in terms of transaction costs? In Chapter 1, the question is raised whether<br />
the instrument of transaction costs provides a more neutral and a more<br />
concise, ‘businesslike’ analysis of the effects of corruption vis-a-vis the<br />
moralist and revisionist approaches.<br />
In order to answer the question as to how much corruption the<br />
legitimacy of a regime can cope with, in terms of costs and benefits of<br />
corruption, different dimensions of legitimacy are distinguished. <strong>Legitimacy</strong>,<br />
in itself a political concept, also has legal and economic dimensions.<br />
It is suggested in Chapter 1 that corruption may influence these<br />
dimensions in different ways.<br />
In Chapter 2, Kaushik Basu presents some institutional and legal<br />
prerequisites for economic reform in India. The objective of reforming the<br />
Indian economy cannot be achieved unless the reforms are founded on a<br />
suitable institutional and legal base. The argument that introducing a market<br />
system, without satisfying the institutional conditions that ‘back’ such<br />
14
a system, leads to high costs and negative effects (this phenomenon has<br />
earlier been described as the ‘horizontal institutional gap’) is stressed<br />
again. Basu claims that the formulation of sound policy depends on relatively<br />
few basic principles, which are related to the institutional framework<br />
as presented in Chapter 1. Chapter 2 introduces the principle of contract<br />
as one of these basic principles. 17 The argument is that two or more adults<br />
should have the right to freely enter into any contract as long as this does<br />
not affect an uninvolved third party. Simple as this may appear, in many<br />
cases the Indian government does not live up to this principle, because it<br />
conflicts with what Basu describes as the ‘bureaucratic instinct’. The<br />
neglect of the principle of contract involves deadweight cost, which is<br />
never included in any evaluation of government policy. Basu argues that<br />
attempts to prevent individuals from contracting and exchanging can lead<br />
to corruption: if free contracting is curbed, corruption will occur because<br />
individuals may collude to bypass the law. <strong>Corruption</strong>, says Basu, cuts<br />
into the moral fabric of society, it is very inequitable and it limits competition.<br />
In short, corruption negatively affects efficiency and progress. Consequently,<br />
corruption should be curtailed to the largest extent possible. In<br />
the last section of his contribution, Basu discusses some methods for controlling<br />
corruption. Organizational reform is the key issue: at this moment,<br />
the power to veto decisions is too widely distributed in the Indian system.<br />
The attempt to place ‘checks and balances’ (mentioned in Chapter 1 as<br />
one of the most important means to bridge the institutional gap), has not<br />
resulted in a reduction of corruption in India, but rather in sluggishness<br />
and a lack of adaptability. In fighting corruption, Basu concentrates on the<br />
‘points of monitoring corruption’ as an area that deserves further attention.<br />
In Chapter 3, Frank de Zwart discusses a particular anti-corruption<br />
policy in Indian state bureaucracies. As a means of cutting down corruption,<br />
the Indian government has introduced a system of frequent transfers<br />
of government officials. These transfers are considered to be a necessary<br />
instrument to prevent corruption. However, at the same time, it is common<br />
knowledge that the same transfers are an important source of corruption.<br />
In his contribution, De Zwart explains why this is so. The relationship between<br />
the principal (the ruling government) and his agents (the government<br />
officials) forms the key to understanding these two, seemingly irreconcilable,<br />
facts. Most rulers in South Asia have attempted to control their<br />
officials by manipulating the social distance between these officials and<br />
the people they govern. The principal’s main objective is to keep his<br />
agents from building independent power bases. To this end, principals use<br />
15
various policy instruments, of which the frequent transfer of agents is one.<br />
The official reason stated for the transfer is that it prevents corruption,<br />
because agents are no longer in a position to develop ‘roots’ in society. De<br />
Zwart distinguishes an emic and an etic view of corruption: the emic view<br />
is that of the participants; the etic view is that of the observers. In short,<br />
the emic view states that the longer civil servants work in one place, the<br />
more corrupt they become. Many Indians hold this belief, which forms the<br />
mental frame that supports the policy of frequent transfers. However, the<br />
transfer system is a breeding ground for corruption as well. Principals use<br />
their power of decision over transfers to build and maintain a clientele or<br />
simply to make money. Agents, on the other hand, try to ‘buy’ profitable<br />
posts. Even though this phenomenon is widely recognized, the policy of<br />
transfer has not lost its legitimacy. According to De Zwart, this is related<br />
to the emic view of corruption. People are aware that there are two types<br />
of corruption: "parochial corruption, where ties of kinship, affection and/or<br />
caste determine access to the power holders; and market corruption, where<br />
access is provided to those who can pay for it." (Scott, 1972, p. 88) Transfers<br />
prevent the parochial type of corruption, but at the same time, market<br />
corruption is promoted by this anti-corruption policy.<br />
In Chapter 4, Nico Schulte Nordholt applies the institutional<br />
framework presented in Chapter 1 to the Indonesian context. First of all,<br />
Schulte Nordholt describes the phenomenon of corruption in Indonesia<br />
during the colonial period (until 1945), the first period after independence<br />
(1945-1965) and the Suharto era (from 1965 onwards). Following Wertheim’s<br />
transition from patrimonial to rational-legal bureaucracy, he<br />
exposes the foundations of corruption in Indonesian society. The different<br />
norms and values incorporated in old and new institutions are shown to<br />
result in both large and small scale corruption, at least, if institutional<br />
checks are not built into the system. Secondly, Schulte Nordholt applies<br />
the instruments from the new institutional toolkit to four case studies<br />
derived from Suharto’s New Order: (1) the Pertamina affair, in which this<br />
oil company was confronted with a foreign debt of US$ 10 million, because<br />
its director, Ibnu Sutowo, had spent the loans on ensuring loyalty<br />
rather than on increasing efficiency; (2) the nationalistic industrial policy<br />
by the present Minister of Technology and Research, Habibie, which is<br />
characterized by many corruption scandals; (3) the anti-corruption campaign<br />
Opstib (1977-78) and (4) the policy instrument of public-privatepartnership,<br />
which is propagated by the World Bank and the IMF.<br />
16
These cases illustrate that the New Order, that, to a certain extent,<br />
resembles Weber’s patrimonial bureaucracy, has to meet requirements<br />
related to effectiveness and efficiency that form part and parcel of a modern,<br />
developmentalist state. The discrepancy between the patrimonial bureaucracy<br />
and the modern, developmentalist state obviously creates a tension.<br />
On the one hand, economic goals are achieved within the New<br />
Order. This contributes to the economic and political legitimacy of the<br />
regime. On the other hand, economic growth is only achieved at a high<br />
cost, including corrupt practices, which undermines the legal legitimacy of<br />
the regime.<br />
In Chapter 5, Okke Braadbaart contributes to the analysis by presenting<br />
an anthropological account of public tendering in Indonesia.<br />
Braadbaart analyses corrupt tendering procedures in Indonesia, and comes<br />
up with some suggestions as to how illegal practices in tendering may be<br />
reduced. His contribution clarifies some of the points made in Chapter 1.<br />
First, Braadbaart notes that any tendering party faces a trade-off between<br />
the ‘price’ and the ‘quality’ aspects of competition. There is an inherent<br />
tension between producing cheaply and meeting quality standards. Especially<br />
in sensitive branches such as building construction and civil engineering,<br />
contractors have ample opportunities for tampering with the<br />
quality of the product or service they supply. This creates a natural tendency<br />
to move away from the price-competitive ideal of anonymous tendering<br />
towards close cooperation with one or a few bidders. Secondly, like<br />
Bakker and Schulte Nordholt, Braadbaart argues that political legitimacy<br />
and economic efficiency can lead to conflicting demands upon political<br />
leaders. The government must uphold the norm of anonymous tendering<br />
vis-a-vis the public even though relational contracting may provide a better<br />
result. Here, political legitimacy clashes with economic efficiency and<br />
creates a divergence between rules and reality in public tendering. Thirdly,<br />
several circumstances in the Indonesian context reinforce the natural inclination<br />
of tenderers to ‘conspire’ with a bidding firm. The officials appointed<br />
to the tendering committees of state-owned firms act as agents of<br />
the state (principal). The agents are underpaid and are therefore obliged to<br />
generate additional income. Illegal self-enrichment is institutionalized from<br />
the highest levels down through the ranks. Fourthly, the cross-agency<br />
controls and checking mechanisms that the Indonesian government has<br />
introduced in order to deal with the kickback problem in Indonesia are<br />
weakly developed, with every department and body acting more or less as<br />
a self-contained unit. Braadbaart gives the example of the Badan Penga-<br />
17
wasan Keuangan dan Pembangunan (BPKP), the Agency for Financial<br />
Control and Development. This department has little authority and lacks<br />
the jurisdicial clout to force state companies to comply with its financial<br />
accounting regulations. The requirement of transparency, which helps to<br />
bridge the institutional gap, as formulated by Schulte Nordholt in Chapter<br />
4, is not met. Braadbaart suggest some policy measures to improve the<br />
situation. Since the mammoth task of reforming the Indonesian civil service<br />
is out of the question, the modest short-term solution is either to<br />
strengthen BPKP or to create a new independent agency to monitor tendering<br />
procedures. In addition to this, it is important that the government<br />
drafts a set of transparent national rules governing public tendering procedures.<br />
This will help to bridge the institutional gap, which is seen to be<br />
a breeding ground for corruption.<br />
After concentrating on institutional discrepancy as a source of<br />
corruption at the macro and meso level, a micro-perspective is adopted in<br />
Chapter 6. Lucas Kroes and Coby de Boer inquire to what extent personal<br />
characteristics, goals and dispositions play a role in explaining individual<br />
behaviour with regard to corruption. Individuals form the micro level of<br />
analysis, and the interaction system in which all individuals operate represents<br />
the meso level. The authors adopt Boudon’s model of transformation,<br />
derived from methodological individualism. This model states<br />
that both individuals (micro level) and interactions (meso level) contribute<br />
to the explanation of sociological phenomena (macro level), such as corruption.<br />
Kroes and De Boer apply this model to corruption within the<br />
aliens police department in the Netherlands. Why, when confronted with<br />
the same conditions, does one individual engage in corrupt practices,<br />
whereas another individual does not? Corrupt behaviour, the authors argue,<br />
is largely determined by dispositions, which affect how a person pursues<br />
his individual goals.<br />
In the Epilogue, the findings of the various chapters are linked to<br />
the analytical framework as presented in Chapter 1 to see how useful the<br />
new approach is in comparison with the moralist and revisionist frameworks.<br />
The question as to which mechanisms are responsible for the introduction<br />
and the consolidation of corruption within a society is answered,<br />
and the complex relationship between corruption and legitimacy is examined<br />
in more detail. The instruments from the new institutional economics<br />
toolkit are assessed in terms of their explanatory power and usefulness<br />
with regard to this particular topic.<br />
18
In addition, this volume’s findings are related to the results of the<br />
Dutch Parliamentary Inquiry on investigation methods, published in February<br />
1996. This Inquiry tackled the malpractices by the interregional criminal<br />
investigation departments (CIDs) in the Netherlands that are responsible<br />
for locating drug transportations. The fact that this particular CID<br />
was itself involved in transporting, and selling, large shipments of drugs,<br />
without the consent (or even the awareness) of the higher ranks in the<br />
hierarchy, invoked a fierce reaction from the Dutch public. A wave of<br />
publicity, which revealed even more shocking facts, added to the crisis in<br />
legitimacy. A Parliamentary Inquiry was the result. Currently, the debate<br />
on the translation of the Commission’s findings into sound policy, is<br />
ongoing. It is clear that the - legal - legitimacy of the Dutch investigation<br />
departments has dropped to a record low level. The legitimacy of the<br />
Public Prosecutor’s Office and the politicians in charge has also been<br />
damaged in the process. How to proceed in order to repair the damage?<br />
The report of the Inquiry Commission recommends more detailed and<br />
transparent regulation of investigation techniques. Procedures and competences<br />
should be made clear to all parties involved, and communication<br />
and coordination should be guaranteed accordingly. The actors involved<br />
are not in favour of this solution; slowly but surely they are voicing their<br />
objections in a stronger tone. Naturally, their ‘bureaucratic instinct’ wants<br />
to maintain their own scope for decision making, rather than having it<br />
decreased by the introduction of more detailed regulations. How should we<br />
judge this particular case in view of the arguments that have been brought<br />
forward in this volume? The Epilogue seeks to answer this final question,<br />
by applying the institutional framework to the results of the Parliamentary<br />
Inquiry.<br />
Notes<br />
1. It is estimated that the President of Zaïre, Mobutu Sese Seko, has gained<br />
a private capital of approximately US$ 4 billion. The late President of<br />
Ivory Coast, Houphouet-Boigny, was a multi billionaire as well and<br />
‘probably among the hundred richest people in the world’ (Béchir Ben<br />
Yahmed (1994), quoted in Van Hulten (1995)). The private capital of the<br />
former President of Mali, Moussa Traore, was equal to the national debt<br />
of his country: US$ 2,3 billion (Van Hulten, 1995).<br />
2. NRC Handelsblad, December 13, 1994.<br />
3. NRC Handelsblad, January 12, 1995.<br />
19
4. These interregional teams (IRTs) were established with the specific goal<br />
of combatting organized crime. The teams are composed of representatives<br />
from different regional police corps.<br />
5. Traa, M. van, et al., Inzake Opsporing; Enquêtecommissie Opsporingsmethoden,<br />
’s-Gravenhage, SDU, 1996.<br />
6. Friedrich, C., Political Pathology, in: Political Quarterly, no.37 (1966),<br />
p.74. Quoted in Heidenheimer et al., 1989, p.3.<br />
7. Wertheim, W.F., Corruptie als Sociologisch Studieobject. First published<br />
in: Sociologisch Jaarboek, vol. 14, deel 1, 1960, pp.5-40. Translated in<br />
1964.<br />
8. See Huntington: ‘Behaviour which was acceptable and legitimate according<br />
to traditional norms becomes unacceptable and corrupt when viewed<br />
through modern eyes’ (in: Heidenheimer et al., 1989, p.378).<br />
9. Claire Sterling, an expert on the Mafia, notes that nations are powerless<br />
against the ‘pax mafiosa’, the internationalization of criminal organizations,<br />
that is ongoing at the moment and that is characterized by her as<br />
‘a worldwide emergency’ (NRC Handelsblad, November 21, 1994).<br />
10. De Volkskrant, March 4, 1995.<br />
11. Such an approach still meets with response today, witnessing the following<br />
article in De Volkskrant: ‘<strong>Corruption</strong> is still less familiar in Western<br />
democracies than elsewhere. The Scandinavian countries and the Netherlands,<br />
with their somewhat puritan moral, have a relatively clean slate’<br />
(March 4, 1995).<br />
12. Following Wertheim (1960), Myrdal was one of the first (in: Asian<br />
Drama: An Enquiry into the Poverty of Nations (1968)) to break the<br />
taboo on corruption among social scientists, which Myrdal indicates as<br />
‘diplomacy in research’ (1989, p.406).<br />
13. Heidenheimer, 1970, p.7.<br />
14. This standard is recognized in developing countries as well. Bayley: ‘The<br />
intelligentsia, and especially top-level civil servants, in most underdeveloped<br />
nations are familiar with the Western label of ‘corruption’ and they<br />
apply it to their own countries’ (1989, p.938).<br />
15. The papers presented at the seminar are incorporated here as separate<br />
chapters. The contribution of Basu has later been added to the original<br />
set of papers.<br />
16. A remark made by Kaushik Basu at an IDPAD conference in The Hague<br />
(November 1994) was the immediate cause of this investigation.<br />
17. Basu’s first principle of efficient pricing, in which the concept of transaction<br />
costs is embedded, is discussed in Chapter 1.<br />
20
1. <strong>Corruption</strong> and <strong>Legitimacy</strong>:<br />
an institutional perspective<br />
Heleen E. Bakker<br />
The purpose of this chapter is to present an analytical framework, based<br />
on the new institutional economics toolkit, that provides meaningful starting<br />
points to investigate the relationship between corruption and legitimacy.<br />
First, the concepts of legitimacy and corruption are clarified. Second,<br />
the debate on corruption is summarized: has the relationship<br />
between corruption and legitimacy been tackled before by social scientists<br />
and if so, what are their main findings? Third, an institutional framework<br />
of analysis is presented. The principles of property rights, principal-agent,<br />
and transaction costs are applied to clarify the varying effects that corruption<br />
has on different dimensions of legitimacy. The underlying thought is<br />
that the institutional framework provides a more neutral and concise analysis<br />
than moralist and revisionist frameworks. Case studies in the remainder<br />
of this volume put this hypothesis to the test.<br />
1. <strong>Legitimacy</strong> and <strong>Corruption</strong><br />
Before analysing the relationship between corruption and legitimacy, both<br />
concepts need to be clearly defined. How should one define ‘legitimacy’?<br />
Currently, many definitions and opinions are used. Broadly speaking, these<br />
definitions can be subdivided into two groups: on the one hand, there are<br />
objective views of a mainly philosophical heritage, that give factual and<br />
substantial criteria for determining whether a regime is legitimate or not.<br />
On the other hand, there is a behavioral category, in which the subject<br />
itself determines what is legitimate or not (Wecke, 1985). Here, a<br />
behavioural approach is adopted. A regime is legitimate, if its citizens consider<br />
it to be legitimate. 1 This creates a problem: there is no country in<br />
which the citizens form a homogeneous group, and therefore, within a<br />
society, there will be different views and opinions regarding what is legitimate<br />
or not. Nevertheless, following Friedrich, it is stated here that a<br />
regime is considered legitimate ‘when a given rulership is believed to be<br />
based on a good title by most men subject to it’ (Wecke, 1985, p.101). 2<br />
21
In order to fully understand the way in which corruption affects the<br />
legitimacy of a regime, three different ‘titles’ or dimensions to the concept<br />
of ‘legitimacy’ need to be distinguished. In itself, legitimacy is a political<br />
concept; it refers to the way in which a political regime uses its means of<br />
power to acquire and/or maintain legitimacy. Therefore, the political dimension<br />
of legitimacy is self-evident. Lipset’s definition of legitimacy<br />
refers to this dimension: ‘the capacity of the system to engender and maintain<br />
the belief that the existing political institutions are the most appropriate<br />
ones for the society’. 3<br />
Secondly, legitimacy has the meaning of legality, or rightfulness. In a<br />
legal philosophic approach, legitimacy stands for the fact that citizens<br />
freely accept the authority of the government, because they see it as their<br />
civic duty. Public authority is considered as justified, or legitimate. The<br />
grounds on which this sense of duty is based, vary. Hoekema refers to<br />
‘legality’ as the most important reason for accepting government rule:<br />
‘...the legitimizing principle is found in the commitment of the authorities<br />
to the law’ (1991, p.5). Friedrich shares this view: ‘An order is considered<br />
legitimate, if it is recognized as consistent with the law’. 4 <strong>Legitimacy</strong> in<br />
this sense, is referred to as legal legitimacy. It is noted that the legal legitimacy<br />
of a regime may rest on nothing but appearance: the authorities<br />
declare that they will live up to the law but in effect fail to do so. This is<br />
called pseudo-legitimacy.<br />
Apart from a legal basis as a ground for legitimacy, a regime can<br />
also acquire legitimacy because citizens appreciate its economic policy. In<br />
this case, legitimacy is determined by the public opinion that the economic<br />
system is functioning as it should, and that it is effective in terms of satisfying<br />
the people’s needs. This dimension is called economic legitimacy.<br />
Dye notes that ‘poor performance, unequal outcomes and gross inefficiencies,<br />
will not necessarily doom a decision-making system, if the<br />
process by which these outcomes were produced is perceived as right,<br />
proper and just’ (1990, p.3-4). Here, the reverse line of reasoning is<br />
adopted: even if the system is not perceived as just, its legitimacy can still<br />
be preserved if the results of its economic policy are valued positively by<br />
its citizens.<br />
It has been asserted above that a regime is legitimate if its citizens<br />
consider it legitimate. Wecke: ‘<strong>Legitimacy</strong> is a process that occurs in the<br />
citizen’s mind. It refers to a continuous evaluation of government and<br />
governmental behaviour to criteria found important by the subject’ (1985,<br />
p.101). The criteria applied by citizens are inspired by basic values in a<br />
22
society, which, according to Wecke, are the products of political socialization<br />
and political culture. At this point, a connection can be made to the<br />
horizontal institutional gap that was discussed in the introduction. In case<br />
society is undergoing a period of (radical) change, and basic values have<br />
not yet crystallized, citizens will find it difficult to judge the legitimacy of<br />
the regime, because they are caught between the values of the old institutions<br />
and the values incorporated in the new institutions. During these<br />
transitions, it is hard to predict how citizens will value the different dimensions<br />
of legitimacy. Will they give more weight to economic considerations,<br />
and thus value the economic legitimacy of a regime higher than the<br />
legal and the political legitimacy? This and other questions regarding the<br />
relationship between legitimacy and corruption, are discussed by Schulte<br />
Nordholt (chapter 4). Before the relationship between corruption and the<br />
three dimensions of legitimacy is expanded further, however, the concept<br />
of ‘corruption’ needs to be clearly defined as well.<br />
In this chapter, the public office centred definition of Bayley is<br />
adopted: corruption refers to the misuse of competences, as laid down by<br />
law, by politicians and civil servants as a result of considerations of personal<br />
gain. This type of definition refers to deviations from norms that are<br />
connected to the practice of a public office. This is not a moralistic<br />
approach that prescribes the norms that should be held; the norms that are<br />
referred to here concern principles and procedures in the bureaucratic<br />
administration, that can be identified impartially, and without expressing<br />
any value judgements. Personal gain relates to both material and immaterial<br />
rewards such as status, both for oneself and/or one’s close relatives.<br />
The latter case is referred to as nepotism. Finally, the act of corruption<br />
can be initiated both by the politician/civil servant himself (misuse of<br />
authority) or by the supposed beneficiaries of the corruption (bribery).<br />
Fraud does not come within this definition of corruption.<br />
<strong>Legitimacy</strong> thus has different dimensions, and corruption, as a legal,<br />
economic and socio-political distortion, can have different effects on these<br />
dimensions. Decline of legitimacy in one field does not necessarily lead to<br />
a lower degree of legitimacy in other fields, at least, not in the short term.<br />
Easton notes that the status quo can be preserved for a very long time, in<br />
spite of a low level of support for a regime. 5<br />
23
2. <strong>Corruption</strong> and <strong>Legitimacy</strong>: what does theory tell us?<br />
Caiden and Caiden, in their article on administrative corruption (1977),<br />
distinguish two theoretical approaches to corruption, before adding a third<br />
one themselves. The first approach is that of the moralists, who reject corruption<br />
on moral grounds. 6 Moralists look upon corruption as an obstacle<br />
to modernisation and development, that undermines the legitimacy of a<br />
regime. Myrdal, for example, holds the opinion that: ‘the prevalence of<br />
corruption provides strong inhibitions and obstacles to development...corruption<br />
counteracts the strivings for national consolidation, decreases<br />
respect for and allegiance to the government, and endangers political stability’<br />
(1989, p.953). Moralists, in as far as the relationship between corruption<br />
and legitimacy is an explicit subject of their studies, restrict themselves<br />
to the formal, legal dimension of legitimacy. 7 They side with the<br />
thesis of Elders: ‘when legislation and regulation are considered arbitrary<br />
in a society, public support ceases to exist: people are no longer willing to<br />
live by the rules’ (1987, p.16). What mechanisms exactly determine the<br />
relationship between corruption and legitimacy, however, is not discussed.<br />
<strong>Corruption</strong> is wrong, simply, because it is wrong. As a result, the legitimacy<br />
of the regime will inevitably decrease. Gould criticizes the moralistic<br />
approach as ‘not useful’ (1980, p.3). Scott shares this view: ‘...acts<br />
of...corruption are more...successfully analyzed as normal channels of<br />
political activity than as cases of deviant pathology requiring incarceration<br />
and/or moral instruction for the perpetrator(s)’ (1972, p.viii).<br />
The second approach is that of the revisionists, who break with the<br />
moralistic assumption that corruption has an overwhelmingly negative<br />
influence on the process of development. According to them, corruption<br />
can fulfil beneficial functions from a societal point of view. Whether corruption<br />
forms an obstacle to development and modernisation, or, under<br />
certain circumstances, contributes to these processes, has long dominated<br />
the debate on corruption. ‘There is a vigorous debate in development<br />
studies circles as to whether corruption in all cases is detrimental to the<br />
interests of the poor or whether, in some cases, corruption might actually<br />
facilitate development’, says Ward in the preface of his book <strong>Corruption</strong>,<br />
Development and Inequality (1989). Klitgaard summarizes the beneficial<br />
effects of corruption as follows: first, there is the ‘economist’s reminder’:<br />
corruption introduces elements of the market mechanism to the economy<br />
and thus brings about a more efficient allocation of scarce goods. 8 Second,<br />
there is the ‘political scientist’s reminder’: politicians use corruption as a<br />
24
means of achieving political integration and as a result, stability in their<br />
country. Finally, there is the ‘manager’s reminder’: corruption increases<br />
the efficiency of the administrative bureaucracy because it bypasses unwieldy<br />
and time consuming procedures 9 (1988, pp.30-33).<br />
Revisionists, in their analysis of the relationship between corruption<br />
and legitimacy, have mainly given attention to the economic dimension of<br />
legitimacy. Where corruption serves to increase the economic efficiency in<br />
such a way that citizens also gain - that is, if the graft money does not<br />
directly disappear into Swiss bank accounts - the economic legitimacy of<br />
the regime is preserved. 10 At the same time, revisionists assume that corruption<br />
can contribute to the political development of a society, and to the<br />
establishment of legitimate political institutions. Heidenheimer quotes<br />
Abueva: ‘In the early stages of political-administrative development,...,<br />
nepotism, spoils and graft may actually promote national unification and<br />
stability, nation-wide participation in public affairs, the formation of a<br />
viable party system and bureaucratic accountability to political institutions’<br />
(1970, p.479). Huntington too believes that corruption can, under favourable<br />
circumstances, contribute to political development: ‘...corruption provides<br />
immediate, specific benefits to groups which might have otherwise<br />
been thoroughly alienated from society. <strong>Corruption</strong> may thus be functional<br />
to the maintenance of a political system in the same way that reform is’<br />
(1989, p.381). Eventually, revisionists believe that corruption will disappear<br />
as modernisation and development progress, and the horizontal institutional<br />
gap is gradually bridged. To enforce their argument, they refer to<br />
the development of Western Europe and the United States, where the process<br />
of institutional change that led to severe corruption, was also responsible<br />
for its gradual removal. Scott describes the prevalence of the model<br />
of ‘machine politics’ in the major cities of the United States during the<br />
last turn of the century: ‘...the machine once managed to fashion a cacophony<br />
of concrete, parochial demands in immigrant choked cities into a<br />
system of rule that was reasonably effective and legitimate’ (1970,<br />
p.550). 11 Huntington points to the fact that graft money was used to<br />
strengthen political parties: ‘The nineteenth century experience of England<br />
and the United States is one long lesson in the use of public funds and<br />
public office to build party organizations’. <strong>Corruption</strong>, thus, was responsible<br />
for its own decay: ‘<strong>Corruption</strong> varies inversely with political organization<br />
and to the extent that corruption builds parties, it undermines the<br />
conditions of its own existence’ (1989, p.387). Although corruption on the<br />
25
one hand, stems from an institutional gap, it, on the other hand, contributes<br />
to the bridging of this gap, says Huntington.<br />
According to the revisionists, the extent to which the legitimacy of a<br />
regime is undermined by corruption depends on both the visibility of and<br />
the sensitivity to corruption in a society as well as to the degree of tolerance<br />
that is prevalent in a culture towards this phenomenon. By visibility<br />
revisionists mean the extent to which the public is knowledgeable about<br />
the occurrence of corrupt practices, whereas sensitivity refers to the extent<br />
to which citizens actually suffer as a result of corruption, in the sense that<br />
corruption leads directly to a deterioration in their living conditions. The<br />
higher the visibility of and the sensitivity to corruption in a society, the<br />
stronger the feelings of cynicism and apathy that will spread among the<br />
population: the legitimacy of the regime crumbles. The higher the tolerance<br />
that a culture shows with respect to corruption, the higher the<br />
chances are that the legitimacy of the regime will be preserved 12 , that is,<br />
within certain limits. 13 Although the relationship between corruption and<br />
legitimacy is discussed in the revisionist literature, this approach also lacks<br />
a structural analysis that maps the mechanisms and circumstances that<br />
determine the interaction between the two.<br />
In the 1970s, the revisionist approach strongly dominated the debate<br />
on corruption. In the eighties, however, its findings were reassessed. Caiden<br />
and Caiden note that ‘the tide has turned and the revisionists no<br />
longer have the reception they once did’ (1993, p.15). The main criticism<br />
towards the revisionists is that their analyses restrict themselves to individual<br />
cases, and do not offer a general explanation. 14 Furthermore, Caiden<br />
and Caiden rightly observe that corruption has not disappeared in Western<br />
societies with the progression of development (1993, p.11). The corruption<br />
that struck England in the eighteenth and the United States in the nineteenth<br />
century, may have been overcome by newly developed political and<br />
legal institutions, but this is by no means a guarantee that all corruption<br />
now belongs to the past. On the contrary, corruption nowadays threatens<br />
to enter the most impeccable societies, as a result of the vertical institutional<br />
gap.<br />
Caiden and Caiden contrast the ‘individual corruption’, to which the<br />
analyses of both moralists and revisionists are restricted, with their own<br />
notion of ‘systemic corruption’: ‘a situation where wrongdoing has<br />
become the norm, and the standard accepted behaviour necessary to accomplish<br />
organizational goals according to notions of public responsibility<br />
and trust have become the exception, not the rule’ (1977, p.306). The<br />
26
authors emphasize the destructive nature of corruption with regard to<br />
legitimacy: ‘It suppresses opposition contributing to increasing resentment’<br />
(1977, p.307). In a review of their 1977 article, they describe how the<br />
population of Sicily, after the assassination of two public attorneys,<br />
expressed its anger and summoned the government to finally take action<br />
against the Mafia, that until then was tolerated in silence. Why this sudden<br />
change of attitude? Caiden and Caiden ascribe the change to ‘a sense of<br />
guilt for lack of past reactions’, but fail to give a more elaborate analysis<br />
of the mechanisms that determine the relationship between corruption and<br />
legitimacy.<br />
Since neither moralists, nor revisionists, nor Caiden and Caiden -<br />
although it is to their credit that they have lifted the analysis of corruption<br />
above the individual plane - give a satisfactory analysis of the mechanisms<br />
that determine the relationship between corruption and legitimacy, it is<br />
asked here whether a fourth approach, derived from the new institutional<br />
economics, offers a better starting point for such an analysis.<br />
3. An institutional perspective<br />
An institutional framework is adopted in order to further analyze the relationship<br />
between corruption and legitimacy. Within this framework, the<br />
concepts of property rights, transaction costs, and the principal-agent<br />
approach play a central role. These concepts are derived from the ‘new<br />
institutional economics’ approach. This approach builds on the former<br />
institutional economics framework, which confronts neoclassical economics<br />
with its shortcomings, and it extends the neoclassical framework by<br />
incorporating this criticism into a new economic model. The three most<br />
important points of criticism that the institutionalists hold against the neoclassicals<br />
relate to the fact that the neoclassical model (1) reduces human<br />
behaviour to a rational choice model that is determined solely by considerations<br />
of marginal utility and cost; (2) regards economic reality as a closed<br />
system, in which legal and social institutions, technological development<br />
and human preferences are considered as exogenous; (3) does not take into<br />
account the dynamics of societal development: the model has an ahistorical<br />
character. ‘It can be concluded that institutionalists aim to achieve a<br />
higher reflection of reality in their economic analysis’ (De Vries, 1992,<br />
pp.22-23). The new institutionalists share this objective, but instead of just<br />
describing the institutions, as their predecessors did, they try to incorporate<br />
27
them into the neoclassical models of economic analysis. They do this by<br />
expressing institutions, e.g. regulations, customs and organizational structures,<br />
in terms of transaction costs. Institutions thus become the subject of<br />
economic analysis, and in this sense, the new institutional approach can be<br />
seen as complementary to neoclassical economics. 15 Here, Uphoff’s definition<br />
of institutions is adopted: ‘Institutions are complexes of norms and<br />
behaviours that persist over time by serving collectively valued purposes’<br />
(1986, p.9).<br />
De Vries describes property rights as ‘the economic and social relations<br />
that determine the position of each individual with regard to the<br />
use of scarce resources’. He notes that the economic precedes the legal:<br />
first, the societal context determines the scope and the content of the economic<br />
activities, which, then, shape civil rights and duties, or, in the new<br />
institutional terminology, property rights. It has been argued that the process<br />
of transition, whereby, as a result of societal changes, new economic<br />
institutions are established, needs to be accompanied by the introduction of<br />
new political and legal institutions, that can effectively control the economic<br />
institutions, in order to avoid falling into an institutional gap. These<br />
political and legal institutions, in De Vries’ approach, can be regarded as<br />
property rights. Property rights distinguish the public from the private<br />
sphere, which is essential when analysing the occurrence of corruption.<br />
When institutionalization of property rights is not forthcoming, an institutional<br />
gap arises, as a result of which corruption takes root in a society.<br />
This is exactly what has happened in the former Soviet Union, and in<br />
some other Eastern European countries, where the rigid system of central<br />
planning has broken down. The same phenomenon can be observed in<br />
subsaharan Africa, where structural adjustment programmes that concentrate<br />
on economic reforms and reducing the role of the state are forced upon<br />
governments by the World Bank and the IMF without giving due attention<br />
to the necessary institutional reforms. Platteau (1994, p. 536) criticizes this<br />
approach and stresses that the ‘social structure’ is crucial to the successful<br />
implementation of the market mechanism: ‘...policy makers concerned<br />
with reforming poor countries’ economies entrapped in relative stagnation...ought<br />
to question the appropriateness of abruptly imposing market<br />
mechanisms and rules...on these countries. As a matter of fact, things may<br />
turn out as though the latter’s social structure would vengefully react to<br />
this ‘institutional rape’ by actually subverting the market and thereby<br />
causing significant unintended effects to arise not only on the plane of<br />
equity but also on that of efficiency’. One of these significant unintended<br />
28
effects is the occurrence of corruption, which will be consolidated as the<br />
institutional gap widens. De Vries explains variations in efficiency by<br />
pointing out the weakening of property rights, accompanied by high transaction<br />
costs: ‘It is not only the costs of production, but also the transaction<br />
costs resulting from the property rights structure under which production<br />
takes place, that determine efficiency’ (1992, p.55).<br />
What are transaction costs? Within the new institutional framework,<br />
the neoclassical assumption that information does not have any relevance<br />
to the decision making processes of economic units, is rejected. It is no<br />
longer assumed that the use of information is without cost. Coase has been<br />
the first to introduce the concept of ‘information costs’ (transaction costs)<br />
in his article ‘The Nature of the Firm’. 16 De Vries: ‘In Coase’s approach,<br />
costs related to the use of the price mechanism in the neoclassical decision<br />
making model are introduced. Economic subjects, to whom the principles<br />
of utility or profit maximization are still valid, also need to take these information<br />
costs into account’ (1992, p.40). Transaction costs, thus, are<br />
connected with the use of information on the stated objectives of any good<br />
or service. Costs of negotiating and completing a transaction are examples<br />
of transaction costs. They are always present to some degree, and they are<br />
a necessary cost when doing business. However, when the transaction<br />
costs of a certain good are too high, production will not take place, even<br />
though the good is highly valued, because the transaction costs cannot be<br />
earned back by the price mechanism. This is one of the imperfections of<br />
the market mechanism. If transaction costs were included in economic<br />
cost accounting, these imperfections would be revealed: ‘It is essential to<br />
recognize that the allocation of goods and services is characterized by an<br />
information problem, in which interpersonal relations play an important<br />
role. From this, we can derive the presence of transaction costs, which<br />
result in a different allocation than would have been the case had transaction<br />
costs not been present’ (1992, p.46).<br />
The third concept derived from the new institutional toolkit is the<br />
principal-agent approach. 17 The relationship between a principal and his<br />
agents is not solely determined by individual characteristics of principal<br />
and agent, but depends to a large extent on the norms and values of institutions<br />
within a society. During a period of radical change, these institutional<br />
norms and values are likely to collide. The institutional discrepancy<br />
that results from this collision, gives the principal-agent relation a<br />
‘floating’ character, in the sense that the relationship is no longer<br />
embedded in socially accepted norms and values. <strong>Corruption</strong> now has the<br />
29
opportunity to enter a society, and become consolidated. In short, it is<br />
stated that a process of transition, with the introduction of economic institutions,<br />
if not accompanied by a clear definition of property rights,<br />
leads to an institutional discrepancy, which affects the nature of the principal-agent<br />
relationship. This development, which is present both at the<br />
national and at the international level (horizontal versus vertical institutional<br />
gap), is a breeding ground for corruption. Here, it is suggested<br />
that the principle of transaction costs may be a useful tool to map the<br />
costs and benefits of corruption, which will sharpen the analysis of the<br />
relationship between corruption and legitimacy.<br />
<strong>Corruption</strong> involves transaction costs, which, in part, determine<br />
whether a certain good or service will be produced or not. Wood stresses<br />
the fact that the debate on corruption can not be separated from the debate<br />
on which institutional form to choose, especially regarding the supposed<br />
roles of state and market: ‘Others...find corruption in amoral markets<br />
where transactions are not transparent, where formal contracts only represent<br />
part of the transaction, where competition is imperfect and interlocking<br />
occurs, giving actors advantages outside the price mechanism’<br />
(1992, p.9). <strong>Corruption</strong>, then, is seen as an illegal form of rent-seeking 18 ,<br />
which according to Tullock causes social waste and a welfare loss: ‘From<br />
the societal standpoint, it is clear that this is a negative sum game...the<br />
total social costs are much greater than the social benefits, regardless of<br />
the rationality or irrationality of the individual resource investments’. 19<br />
Nye reasons analogously and emphasizes that corruption can lead to a<br />
waste of resources in the form of capital outflow, distortions in investments<br />
20 , waste of skills and suspension of aid budgets (1989, pp.970-71).<br />
Apart from the direct costs of corruption (the graft money that has been<br />
paid), the indirect costs related to production that does not take place, or<br />
policy that is not implemented, as a result of corruption, needs to be<br />
expressed in terms of transaction costs and included in the analysis.<br />
Not only the costs, but also the benefits of the production that takes<br />
place, and policies that are implemented, as a result of corruption, should<br />
be made explicit in terms of transaction costs. As pointed out by revisionists,<br />
corruption can sometimes function to bypass certain transaction<br />
costs. Basu’s ‘principle of efficient pricing’ (PEP) clarifies this statement. 21<br />
The true price of a product is the sum of the price the buyer pays and the<br />
seller acquires (‘transfer price’) and the price of hidden costs, like for<br />
example, time loss, irritation, and income forgone (‘deadweight price’).<br />
Basu’s principle tells us that, in organizing markets - institutions! -, it is<br />
30
important to keep deadweight cost to a minimum, in order to be able to<br />
profit from a higher transfer price. Basu gives the example of his barber,<br />
who used to charge 10 rupees for a haircut. However, his customers had to<br />
wait half an hour before they were served: estimated deadweight costs 20<br />
rupees. The true price of a haircut thus mounted to 30 rupees, of which 20<br />
rupees are nobody’s gain. Recently, the barber has started to give haircuts<br />
only on prior appointment. The price of a haircut has gone up to 20 rupees.<br />
The barber has increased his income, nevertheless his customers pay<br />
less (1994, pp.19-20). However, reducing deadweight cost does not happen<br />
naturally. In India (and elsewhere!), governments are not practising PEP as<br />
they should. Making an industrial investment, for example, is extremely<br />
expensive in terms of deadweight cost as a result of bureaucratic red tape.<br />
If deadweight costs become too high, corruption can offer a more efficient<br />
route, in accordance with revisionist reasoning.<br />
The second principle of Basu, the ‘principle of contract’ (two or more<br />
people should have the right to freely enter into any contract, which is<br />
recognized and protected by the state), is presented in Chapter 3 of this<br />
volume. Violation of the two principles increases deadweight cost, and is<br />
therefore inefficient from an economic point of view. Basu states that<br />
‘bureaucratic instinct’ is the main reason that governments intervene in<br />
economic life and bypass the two principles that form the cornerstones of<br />
sound economic policy. The bureaucratic instinct should be read as the<br />
inherent desire of government officials to enlarge their discretionary scope<br />
for policy making and/or implementation.<br />
Given this scope, authorities may have different reasons to select a certain<br />
kind of policy. The opportunity to gain extra income from a policy may<br />
be part of the considerations. In this context, Wood (1992) notes that<br />
‘demands have to be managed in ways which maintain the integrity/legitimacy<br />
of the state without over-delivery. This is an objective function, a<br />
feature of all state intervention in all societies with states. But within the<br />
performance of this objective function lies the opportunity for official<br />
actors and their allies to maximize rent-seeking’. Kurer reasons analogously:<br />
‘if politicians anticipate gains from corruption in the policy making<br />
process, sub-optimal policies will be the result. Typical examples include<br />
excessive regulation of the private sector through practices such as licensing<br />
and quotas with a view to extract the rent created by these measures’<br />
(1993, p.271).<br />
The principle of transaction costs seems to identify the costs and<br />
benefits of corruption in a more neutral and concise way than the analyses<br />
31
of moralists and revisionists. The question that is raised by the revisionist<br />
line of reasoning, namely under which circumstances corruption can or can<br />
not be beneficial is avoided. The instrument of transaction costs lists the<br />
costs and benefits of corruption in a more concise, ‘business-like’ way,<br />
separated from incidental circumstances. Additionally, the instrument of<br />
transaction costs leads to a neutral analysis, making the judgement of<br />
corruption based on a moral superiority unnecessary. In the case studies<br />
that follow, different aspects of the new institutional framework are<br />
applied in different contexts.<br />
Notes<br />
1. This view of legitimacy implies that a political system that is considered as<br />
right by its citizens is legitimate, even if it is considered as wrong, or even<br />
inhuman, when measured according to universal standards. Wecke: ‘Both the<br />
Nazi-regime and the Khomeini-regime may in this view be seen as legitimate,<br />
as they are perceived as right, if not by the entire population then at<br />
least by a passionate majority’ (1985, p.101).<br />
2. According to Wecke, legitimacy can be determined if five questions are<br />
answered. These questions are listed below as guidelines when studying the<br />
concept of ‘legitimacy’:<br />
1 what are the legitimizing values, norms, interests and expectations?;<br />
2 in what elements can the political system be subdivided?;<br />
3 which criteria are applied in assessing the political system?;<br />
4 how many citizens have such an opinion?;<br />
5 how involved are the citizens sharing this opinion?<br />
3. Quoted in Dogan, 1988, p.1.<br />
4. Quoted in Hoekema, 1991, p.7.<br />
5. In: Deschouwer, 1993, p.34. Easton’s basic assumption, however, is that<br />
decline of support forms a threat to the system, and that the system will<br />
react to this threat.<br />
6. For an example of the moralistic approach, Leys refers to Wraith and Simpkins’<br />
book, <strong>Corruption</strong> in Developing Countries (1960): ‘They are concerned<br />
with ‘the scarlet thread of bribery and corruption’, with corruption<br />
which ‘flourishes as luxuriantly as the bush and weeds which it so much<br />
resembles, taking the goodness from the soil and suffocating the growth of<br />
plants which have been carefully, and expensively, bred and tended’’ (1989,<br />
p.52).<br />
7. Heidenheimer notes, in this respect: ‘A conventional moralist might accept<br />
the contention that corruption may have some beneficial effects with regard<br />
32
to economic growth and national integration, but fall back on the argument<br />
that such benefits would be more than balanced out by the costs incurred in<br />
terms of reduced...legitimacy by a political system that tolerates a high level<br />
of corruption’ (1970, p.484).<br />
8. See Leff: ‘...we should realize how illusory is the expectation that bureaucratic<br />
policy can intervene as a deus ex machina to overcome the barriers<br />
to economic growth. In many underdeveloped countries, the bureaucracy<br />
may be a lagging rather than a leading sector’ (1989, p.401). Bayley agrees<br />
with this viewpoint and adds that the bureaucracy does not have a monopoly<br />
on making correct decisions and also implements ‘stupid’ decisions from the<br />
point of view of economic growth: ‘<strong>Corruption</strong> may serve as a means for<br />
impelling better choices, even in terms of government’s expressed goals’<br />
(1989, p.944-45).<br />
9. Myrdal fiercely rejects this argument of ‘cutting red tape’: ‘...We have no<br />
doubt that quite often delay is deliberately contrived so as to obtain some<br />
kind of illicit gratification...The popular notion...that corruption is a means<br />
of speeding up cumbersome administrative procedures is palpably wrong’<br />
(1989, p.976).<br />
10. Nye mentions the Somoza’s as an example of a family that has invested its<br />
corruption-earned capital in its own country (Nicaragua), ‘which led to impressive<br />
growth and diminished direct reliance on the army’ (1989, p.976).<br />
11. Scott suggested in 1970 that the social context that stood as the basis of<br />
politics in the United States in the nineteenth century, is comparable to the<br />
circumstances under which the new independent states are trying to build a<br />
nation. The fact that in the new edition of Heidenheimer et al. (1989), in<br />
which his article is once again published, all references to developing countries<br />
have been dropped, suggests that he changed his opinion.<br />
12. Gould points to the fact that in a tolerant culture, the amount of corruption<br />
is inclined to increase rather than decrease: ‘the chain of tolerance to corruption<br />
is such that everybody is corrupt and corrupting. Potentially honest<br />
individuals are caged, willy-nilly, into a bureaucratic system which one...observer...characterized<br />
as institutionalizing ‘hydra-headed dishonesty’’ (1980,<br />
p.xiv).<br />
13. Carduner, who has investigated the influence of corruption on rural development<br />
in Bangladesh, notes that corruption can, to a certain extent, be<br />
regarded as an ‘institution’. In his view, the extent to which corruption is<br />
acceptable to the public is a good indication of the institutionalization of<br />
corruption within a society: ‘...a common view seems to emerge that a certain<br />
amount (said to be about 10%) of baksheesh or kickback is acceptable.<br />
However, if an official starts to consistently exceed acceptable levels then<br />
public reaction will turn against him’ (1987, p.3).<br />
33
14. Caiden and Caiden: ‘Although revisionists have recognized corruption as a<br />
social fact, with structural causes and consequences, it is our contention that<br />
they have continued to think of it in individual terms’ (1977, p.306). Gould<br />
comes to the same conclusion: ‘...analysis reveals that such statements may<br />
hold valid only for individual cases’ (1980, p.4).<br />
15. For a more elaborate explanation, the reader is referred to De Vries (1992),<br />
Martinussen (1993) and Nabli and Nugent (1989).<br />
16. Economica, 4, 1937, pp.386-405. Reprinted in Stigler, G.J. and K.E. Boulding<br />
(eds), Readings in Price Theory, 1952.<br />
17. Klitgaard, who uses the principal-agent approach in his search for instruments<br />
to fight corruption, lists the following starting points for a successful<br />
anti-corruption campaign: careful selection of the agents, changing the system<br />
of rewards and penalties, changing the structure of the principal-agentclient<br />
relationship, changing people’s attitudes towards corruption and, finally,<br />
collecting and analysing information regarding corruption (1988, pp.-<br />
195-201).<br />
18. The concept of ‘rent-seeking’ was introduced in 1974 by Anne Krueger. In<br />
her article ‘The Political Economy of the Rent-Seeking Society’ (in: American<br />
Economic Review, no.64, 1974, pp.291-303), she notes that ‘government<br />
restrictions upon economic activity give rise to rents in a variety of forms,<br />
and people often compete for these rents’. Her observations mostly concern<br />
developing countries, ‘where government interventions are frequently allembracing’.<br />
In these societies, rent-seeking often takes the form of bribery<br />
and corruption.<br />
19. Buchanan, J.M., R.D. Tollison and G. Tullock, 1980, p.20.<br />
20. In Bangladesh, for example, Carduner observes a shift in investments away<br />
from operation and maintenance, to large, capital-intensive construction<br />
works, ‘with higher misappropriation potential’ (1987, p.5).<br />
21. See: Basu, K., (1996).<br />
34
2. Some Institutional and Legal Prerequisites<br />
of Economic Reform in India<br />
Kaushik Basu 1<br />
1. Introduction<br />
The Indian Economy has attempted to implement major structural reforms<br />
since the early nineties. What began as policy interventions for combatting<br />
a crisis soon gathered momentum and ended up as a more ambitious plan<br />
to effect deeper reform measures, such as a move towards rupee convertibility,<br />
sharp cuts in imports and the delicensing of several industrial sectors.<br />
While these are important measures, this Chapter argues that we need<br />
more fundamental legal and institutional reforms if we want sustained<br />
economic progress in the long run.<br />
But what do we mean by sustained economic progress? The ultimate<br />
objective of India’s economic reforms should be to raise the standard of<br />
living of the poorest people in the country. A higher rate of growth of<br />
national income is important, but only as an instrument for helping the<br />
poorest sections.<br />
It is now increasingly clear that such an objective cannot be achieved<br />
unless our economic reforms are founded on a suitable institutional and<br />
legal base. The enormous costs of grafting the market system onto economies<br />
which do not satisfy the institutional prequisites for such a system<br />
are evident from the recent experience in Eastern Europe (see Platteau,<br />
1994, for discussion). While India has a much more robust institutional<br />
base, there is still much that needs to be done. The issues confronting the<br />
Indian economic policy makers are legion. Should the fertilizer subsidy be<br />
scrapped? Do our rent control laws need to be amended? Does the Foreign<br />
Exchange Regulation Act of 1973 need modification? Should cotton exports<br />
be restricted? Should import restrictions on consumer goods be removed?<br />
Questions depend on context. It is impossible to anticipate all the<br />
possible and potential questions that can arise in a complex, modern economy<br />
such as India. Fortunately, how we answer many of these questions<br />
and detail specific policy depends on relatively few basic principles.<br />
This Chapter moves away from questions of detailed economic policy,<br />
which have occupied the center stage of policy debates in India ever<br />
35
since the reforms began in 1991, and examines the need and scope for<br />
institutional reforms. Such reforms will entail treading on vested interests<br />
and therefore their implementation requires considerable political resolve.<br />
For institutional reform, there are two basic principles - the principle of<br />
contract and the principle of efficient pricing. The latter has been discussed<br />
at length in Basu (1996). This Chapter is therefore concerned with<br />
the principle of contract. 2 It will be argued that this principle often conflicts<br />
with the ‘bureaucratic instinct’ and, therefore, has been repeatedly<br />
bypassed in the drafting of economic policy in India, to its detriment. If<br />
this principle were followed the endless succession of complicated legislation,<br />
acts and bills 3 could be vastly simplified, to India’s advantage.<br />
Ignoring this principle in the drafting of laws pertaining to economic<br />
functioning has damaged efficiency and progress in many countries from<br />
the socialist bloc, the Third World trough to the industrialized, capitalist<br />
nations. 4 In the present Chapter, however, attention is confined to India.<br />
The principle of contract is, however, not a principle without caveats.<br />
The caveats are discussed in section 4 below. Attempts to prevent individuals<br />
from contracting and exchanging can lead to corruption. To the extent<br />
that there are areas where free contracting has to be curbed, corruption is<br />
bound to occur in all economies. <strong>Corruption</strong> is usually pernicious. It not<br />
only cuts into the moral fabric of society but, more paradoxically, hurts<br />
efficiency and progress. Hence the last section of this Chapter is a brief<br />
discussion of the control of corruption.<br />
2. The Principle of Contract<br />
The principle of contract says that two or more adults should have the<br />
right to freely enter into any contract as long as this does not adversely<br />
affect an uninvolved third party.<br />
To take an example, suppose persons A and B agree that they will<br />
both be better off if A supplies B with 100 apples from his orchard now<br />
and B supplies A with 200 oranges six months later; and so they sign a<br />
contract to that effect. If government adheres to the principle of contract, it<br />
will allow A and B to sign such a contract and, moreover, may wish to go<br />
further and require that if B refuses to give the 200 oranges six months<br />
later, A should be able to get the judiciary to enforce his claim or to seek<br />
retribution from B.<br />
36
This principle can be the basis of welfare enhancement, or, to use the<br />
economist’s jargon, effect Pareto improvements, and is the motivation<br />
behind legislation such as The Indian Contract Act, 1872. 5 If A and B<br />
voluntarily agree to a contract, it follows that they are better off by virtue<br />
of the contract. And since this principle recognizes only those contracts<br />
where uninvolved third parties are not adversely affected, then if this<br />
contract falls within the purview of this principle, its implementation must<br />
make some people better off (A and B) and no one worse off, which is the<br />
definition of a Pareto improvement. An example of a government that<br />
does not adhere to this principle is one which has a law which states, for<br />
instance, that no one is allowed to exchange apples for oranges or that the<br />
only exchanges that are permitted are 1 apple for 1 orange. It is easy to<br />
see that such a law may well thwart a desired transaction between A and<br />
B. It is possible that A would not agree to such an exchange because,<br />
given his preference, it is not worthwhile giving up one apple for only one<br />
orange. Even if it were the case that they could secretly agree to exchange<br />
100 apples for 200 oranges, a different problem could arise. If B reneges<br />
at the end of six months (that is, when the time comes for him to deliver<br />
the oranges), A will not receive help from the government because he will<br />
not be able to reveal the original contract, which is in contravention of the<br />
law. Since B is aware of A’s predicament it is quite possible that B will in<br />
fact renege. Since A is also aware of this, A may refuse to enter this contract<br />
in the first place.<br />
This example shows that a government’s non-adherence to the principle<br />
of contract can diminish social welfare by dampening trade and economic<br />
activity. Indeed a market economy cannot function unless people can<br />
enter contracts and expect them to be enforced. For this we need the<br />
government to provide legal institutions which are supportive of this principle.<br />
However, there are exceptions to this principle. There are some contracts<br />
which come under the purview of this principle but may have to be<br />
overruled; I discuss some exceptions later. What is astonishing is the extent<br />
to which this principle, or rule, is disregarded in India. Legislation<br />
after legislation (many of which supercede the Indian Contract Act, 1872)<br />
tell us how we should behave, with scant respect for voluntary contract.<br />
This cannot but thwart economic progress and the result, to wit, the Indian<br />
economy, is fair testimony.<br />
To illustrate an overt violation of the principle of contract, consider<br />
the Delhi Rent Control Act, 1958. It is replete with references to ‘standard<br />
37
ent’, ‘fair rent’ and ‘lawful increase’ of rent. The following quotations are<br />
from Section 4.<br />
(1) Except where rent is liable to periodical increase by virtue of an<br />
agreement entered into before the 1st day of January, 1939, no tenant<br />
shall, notwithstanding any agreement to the contrary, be liable to pay<br />
to his landlord for the occupation of any premises any amount in excess<br />
of the standard rent of the premises, unless such amount is a lawful<br />
increase of the standard rent in accordance with the provisions of<br />
this Act.<br />
(2) Subject to provisions of sub-section (1) any agreement for the<br />
payment of rent in excess of the standard rent shall be construed as if<br />
it were an agreement for the payment of the standard rent only.<br />
Observe that clause (2) above says that even if a landlord and a tenant<br />
voluntarily agree upon a rent above the standard rent, the state will not<br />
recognize the contract. For a large class of tenancies, the annual standard<br />
rent is calculated in a mechanical fashion. It is 10 percent of the actual<br />
cost of construction and the market price of the land on the date of the<br />
commencement of the construction. There is no reason at all why this<br />
should be treated as sacrosanct.<br />
The rules for rent increase are as severe. Section 6 states:<br />
Notwithstanding anything contained in this Act, the standard rent, or<br />
where no standard rent is fixed under the provisions of this Act in<br />
respect of any premises, the rent agreed upon between the landlord and<br />
the tenant may be increased by 10 percent every three years.<br />
Every time the government sets up a commission to examine the<br />
rental laws, the members of the commission invariably spend a lot of time<br />
on such matters. ‘Is 10% every three years fair’? they ask. Some say that<br />
in these days of inflation this is not enough. Some argue that, since tenants<br />
are generally poorer than the landlords, there should be no provision<br />
for a rent increase.<br />
The rent control act, and debates of the above kind, reveal fundamental<br />
flaws in our thinking on policy. The question is not whether 3.3%<br />
per annum is a sufficient increase, but why the government should be<br />
fixing such things in the first place. These are matters which the tenant<br />
38
and the landlord should be free to fix at the time of entering into a tenancy<br />
agreement. Suppose a tenant and a landlord agree<br />
(A) on a high initial rent but no further increases after that, or,<br />
(B) on a low initial rent and an annual increase by the same percentage<br />
as the increase in wholesale price index.<br />
The existing rent control law will not recognize (A) or (B). The<br />
rationale behind such wanton violation of the principle of contract is not<br />
evident. It stems from a failure to appreciate the principle of contract and<br />
the instinctive meddlesomeness of human beings, or what may alternatively<br />
be called the ‘bureaucratic instinct’.<br />
The risks of ignoring the principle of contract and, equally, of externally<br />
fixing the terms of a contract can be great. 6 In the above example, at<br />
times of high inflation, given the terms of the rent control act, it may be<br />
better for landlords not to lease out their property but simply benefit from<br />
the appreciation of its value. This is what has happened in India and partly<br />
explains the shortage of housing in the country. It is likely that if the<br />
principle of contract were recognized, many more houses would be available<br />
to tenants and the increased supply would probably result in diminished<br />
averaged market rents.<br />
Most Indian laws begin by saying ‘Notwithstanding any prior contract<br />
among the involved parties...’ or words to this effect. What we need<br />
however, are ‘contract-regarding laws’. Such a law would begin by saying,<br />
‘In the event of the involved parties not having agreed to a prior contract...’.<br />
Thus a contract-regarding rent-control law, that is one which respects<br />
the principle of contract, would urge every landlord and tenant to sign a<br />
contract at the time of leasing. Then it would specify a few rules for cases<br />
where no such initial contract was made.<br />
Given that many Indian laws are designed with the sole aim of<br />
trampling over voluntarily agreed contracts, the code of law would shrink<br />
vastly if the law were made to respect the principle of contract. The main<br />
purpose of such a legal system would be to enforce the contracts people<br />
sign instead of telling people what should be the exact nature of their<br />
contracts.<br />
Before moving on, here are some more examples of contract-overriding<br />
laws. Suppose two ordinary citizens, A and B, agree to a contract<br />
whereby A (who has recently earned dollars but needs Indian money) will<br />
give B 100 dollars, and A will in exchange get 3000 rupees from B (who<br />
has the rupees but needs the dollars). This contract would unfortunately be<br />
39
considered null and void because section 8 of the Foreign Exchange Regulation<br />
Act, 1973, disallows such transactions between ordinary citizens.<br />
Suppose an employer, A, and a workman, B, have decided on certain<br />
compensation to be paid to the workman in the event of a retrenchment.<br />
Again this will be considered null and void by the judiciary unless it happens<br />
to coincide exactly with the terms in Section 25F of the Industrial<br />
Disputes Act, 1947, which require that:<br />
the workman has been paid at the time of retrenchment, compensation<br />
which shall be equivalent to fifteen days’ average pay for every completed<br />
year of continuous service or any part thereof in excess of six<br />
months.<br />
The Industrial Disputes Act was amended in important ways in 1976<br />
and 1982. It became obligatory for firms to obtain official permission for<br />
layoffs and retrenchment. In particular, establishments employing 100 or<br />
more employees now require prior permission from government for layoffs,<br />
retrenchment and closures; and, as Datta Chaudhuri (1994) observes,<br />
‘government permission is seldom given’. Apart from the impact of this<br />
on industrial efficiency 7 , these laws show a total disregard for ex ante<br />
agreements between workers and employers.<br />
This is the reason why I find much of the debate on exit policy misplaced.<br />
The debate presumes that there must exist exogenous rules for the<br />
dissolution of firms and industries. A more efficient system would encourage<br />
workers and employers to enter into contingency contracts about how<br />
workers are to be compensated and how the assets are to be split in the<br />
event of the company’s closure. The main aim of the law should be to<br />
help with the implementation of such contracts.<br />
The defenders of the status quo may argue that workers and tenants<br />
are generally in a weaker bargaining position and so to allow free contract<br />
would necessarily mean a worse deal for them. This argument is wrong. It<br />
can be shown that in many situations adherence to the principle of contract<br />
would not only enhance total welfare, but actually make the worker<br />
better off and the tenant better off (Basu, 1995; Fields, 1993).<br />
One simple fallacy in this argument is easy to see. In Calcutta’s Salt<br />
Lake City plots of land were sold by the government at below the market<br />
price. The idea was to enable the middle and lower-middle classes to<br />
acquire property which they would, otherwise, be unable to buy. This is<br />
indeed a desirable objective. Something similar is true of the land given to<br />
40
Delhi’s ubiquitous cooperative housing societies. Having given this land,<br />
the government was worried that soon the rich would buy up the land<br />
from the not-so-rich and would displace the latter from Salt Lake City. So<br />
what did it do? Through a variety of laws the government has made it<br />
virtually illegal to sell land acquired from the government to other citizens.<br />
Of course, citizens get around it. Through various powers of attorney<br />
and false declarations they do buy land and sell houses, but this entails<br />
considerable transaction costs and enriches lawyers and government officials<br />
in charge of enforcing the law. Indeed, some laws such as the Monopolies<br />
and Restrictive Trade Practices Act, 1969, seem to exist only to be<br />
‘got around’ (Singh, 1993).<br />
3. The Labour Market: An Example<br />
Let me now try to explain how respecting the principle of contract in<br />
labour markets can help the labourers. 8 Let us consider a model where an<br />
employer and a labourer can freely chose a daily wage (piece rates being<br />
ruled out by assumption). After that, once the worker begins to work, he<br />
can choose to be ‘lax’ or ‘hard-working’. It seems reasonable to assume<br />
that, other things remaining the same, he prefers to be lax, though productivity<br />
is, of course, higher if he is hard-working. The law that we shall<br />
consider pertains to the employer’s right to dismiss the worker from employment.<br />
Consider two alternative legal scenarios.<br />
Law 1 The employer cannot dismiss the worker even if he is lax.<br />
Law 2 The employer and the worker have to agree on (a) or (b), below;<br />
and then they must adhere to what they have agreed upon.<br />
(a) The employer cannot dismiss the worker even if he is lax.<br />
(b) The employer has the right to dismiss the worker if he is<br />
lax.<br />
Law 2 is closer to the principle of contract, since it gives the involved<br />
parties some freedom of contract, whereas law 1 gives no freedom. At first<br />
sight it looks as though this is a freedom to the advantage of the<br />
employer. Clearly, if law 2 is effective, the employer will insist on (b).<br />
And this must hurt the worker.<br />
41
Every sentence in the above paragraph is true, except the last one. To<br />
see this consider the data given below, where all numbers are rupee equivalants.<br />
Cost of worker<br />
Output produced<br />
Worker<br />
Lax Hard-working<br />
4<br />
6<br />
Hence, it is being assumed that if the worker works all day in a lax manner<br />
the cost of sweat to him is 4 rupees. Hard work is more onerous than<br />
laziness; hence a day spent on hard work costs the worker more, namely,<br />
6 rupees. The chart also shows that a day of lax work produces 6 rupees<br />
worth of output and a day of hard work produces 10 rupees worth of output.<br />
Finally, I shall assume that a worker would prefer not to lose his job<br />
(as long as het gets positive benefit from the job).<br />
Let us now see what will be the outcomes under different legal<br />
regimes. If law 1 is effective, the worker will certainly not work hard.<br />
Once his daily wage is fixed, given that he cannot be dismissed, he is best<br />
off being lax. Hence, at the days’s end there will be 6 rupees worth of<br />
output and 4 rupees worth of sweat lost by the worker. The net benefit of<br />
the enterprise is 2. Let me, for simplicity, assume that the worker and the<br />
employer will bargain to ensure that the wage is such that the net benefit<br />
is split equally. 9 In that case the wage will be 5. Let us denote the wage in<br />
a regime of law 1 by w 1. Hence, w 1 = 5. Note that this gives the worker a<br />
net benefit of w 1 -4=1andtheemployer a net benefit of 6-w 1 =1.<br />
Now suppose it is law 2 that is effective. If the employer and the<br />
worker opt for (a) the outcome will be exactly as under law 1. What happens<br />
if they opt for (b)? Since the worker knows that he will be dismissed<br />
if he does not work hard, he will choose to work hard. The cost of labour<br />
will be 6 and output 10, thereby creating a net surplus of 4. Hence, following<br />
the same reasoning as before wage, w 2, (that is, the wage that prevails<br />
under law 2) will now be 8. This will give the worker a net benefit<br />
of w 2 - 6 = 2 and the employer a net benefit of 10 - w 2 = 2. Hence, given<br />
a choice between (a) and (b), they will voluntary contract to abide by (b).<br />
If this contract is then enforced, they are both better off. What is surpri-<br />
42<br />
6<br />
10
sing is that by relinquishing the right not to be dismissed the worker is<br />
actually better off.<br />
A different way of viewing Law 2 is this. Law 2 is like Law 1 with<br />
the worker having the additional right to give up his right not to be dismissed.<br />
Hence to make my criticism in this light we could say that the<br />
Indian law gives individuals many rights but it typically does not give him<br />
the right to give up any of these rights. 10<br />
If we are hesitant to go all the way to contract-regarding laws, an<br />
intermediate step would be to make some provision for the ‘right-to give<br />
up rights’. When I first came to Delhi in the late seventies, I needed to<br />
rent an apartment for a few years, but could not afford a large rent. If I<br />
could credibly assure the landlords I saw that I would leave their premises<br />
in three years, many would have happily leased their apartment to me at a<br />
low rent (the scope for taking in new tenants three years later, by when<br />
rents would have risen, being adequate compensation) but there was no<br />
way I could thus assure them. My right as a tenant, generously conferred<br />
on me by the government, not to be forced out became, for me, an albatross<br />
that I could not shake off. There is hardly any provision in the law<br />
which gave me the right to give up my right. The right to give up rights is<br />
not however an unheard of concept in world legal systems. A student who<br />
gets admission into an American university has the right to demand to see<br />
the recommendation his professor has written for him. However, U.S. law<br />
also gives him the right to ‘waive this right’ if he so wishes.<br />
It is worth emphasizing that the right to give up a right must not be<br />
confused with the right not to exercise a right, which we all, of course,<br />
always have. A tenant in India certainly has the right to quit when asked<br />
to do so by his landlord and therefore not exercise his right to stay on.<br />
What the Indian law does not confer upon a tenant is the right to give up,<br />
in advance, his right not to quit.<br />
A possible objection to this suggestion is to argue that giving a<br />
worker the right to waive his right not to be dismissed is equivalent to<br />
revoking certain sections of the Industrial Disputes Act, in particular, the<br />
sections that grant him the right not be dismissed; and so one should take<br />
the easier route of revoking the relevant sections. There are two counterarguments<br />
to this. The revocation of a law, especially one which gives the<br />
impression of protecting a certain section of the population, is never politically<br />
easy. On the other hand, the addition of a clause which gives an<br />
‘additional’ right - to wit, the right to waive a right - may be politically an<br />
easier task. Turning now to the question of equivalence, the two alterna-<br />
43
tive amendments to the law are equivalent only in a certain idealized economic<br />
model. In reality, what is very important is the default option that<br />
the law specifies. In a country like India, large, over-populated and economically<br />
less developed, there will always be workers and employers who<br />
will not have a written contract over retrenchment. If an employer wants<br />
to dismiss an employee with whom no contract was signed, then they will<br />
have to fall back on the law as the default option. Here the two amendments<br />
would make a big difference. If we revoke the relevant sections of<br />
the Industrial Disputes Act, the employer will be able to dismiss the worker<br />
without cost. On the other hand, if we amend the act by adding the<br />
‘right to waiver’ clause, the worker can claim that since he did not waive<br />
his right not to be dismissed, he cannot be dismissed.<br />
What is being argued in this Chapter is that we should encourage free<br />
contracting. In the absence of a contract we are in a less favourable situation<br />
and between the two options available in such a world, namely giving<br />
the employer the right to dismiss and giving the employee the right<br />
not to be dismissed, I prefer the latter. Hence, my case for amending the<br />
existing law by adding a ‘right to waiver’ clause.<br />
4. Some Caveats<br />
As mentioned earlier, there may indeed be cases where we would want to<br />
violate the principle of contract. One class of exceptions concerns very<br />
long-term contracts. Many societies consider it proper to prevent workers<br />
from making contracts for life. Such contracts can lead to serfdom and<br />
bondage. Since it is arguable that human beings are inherently shortsighted,<br />
they should be prevented from signing away all their rights for the<br />
rest of their lives. Thus we may agree that a voluntarily agreed upon contract<br />
which is the basis of life-long bondage should be disallowed by law.<br />
The Bonded Labour System (Abolition) Act, 1976, while notably poor in<br />
its drafting as a piece of legislation, is a law in the spirit of the above<br />
argument. Similarly, we may want to think of human beings as being<br />
endowed with certain fundamental rights which even they themselves<br />
cannot give up. Thus if two persons write a contract which entails one of<br />
them to die under certain contingencies, such a contract would be disallowed.<br />
Secondly, there are indeed cases where the weaker side could benefit<br />
if the terms of some contract were externally specified by the government<br />
44
instead of being left to be determined through free bargain. For instance, if<br />
the labour market is oligopsonistic, a minimum wage law may not only<br />
raise wages but also increase employment; and for this reason I believe<br />
that minimum wage laws can play a valuable role in some markets. There<br />
are other reasons as well (see, for instance, Drazen, 1986; Card and Krueger,<br />
1994).<br />
Before moving on, it is worth emphasizing that, even for such an<br />
intermediate step towards the principle of contract, there will be exceptions.<br />
Government must have a special commitment to protect the poor<br />
and the weak, and there may indeed be situations where the principle<br />
would have to be violated in order to protect the interests of such people.<br />
It is worth pointing out that, in doing so, the government has often actually<br />
worked against the interest of the poor.<br />
What the principle of contract suggests is a way of thinking. Instead<br />
of beginning by having exogenous or imposed contracts, the present paper<br />
recommends that we go about this the other way around. That is, we<br />
should in general allow free contracting, and forbid this only when there is<br />
good reason to believe that there may be large and adverse general equilibrium<br />
effects or third party effects. To sum up, the basis of economic<br />
progress is a contract-regarding legal system. There may be cases where<br />
we want contract-overriding laws but these should be the exception rather<br />
than the rule.<br />
5. A Digression on Price Control<br />
The principle of contract allows us to view the effect of price control in a<br />
different light. It is often argued that the price of essential goods should be<br />
controlled to ensure that everyone is able to buy them. What is not appreciated<br />
is that the success or failure of such a scheme depends critically<br />
on how price is controlled. I shall consider two mechanisms here. First,<br />
price can be controlled by decree, that is, by making it illegal to sell a<br />
product above a certain price. Secondly, price can be controlled by giving<br />
a subsidy.<br />
If price is kept low by decree, it is true that many more people will<br />
demand the product. What is overlooked however, is that a lower price<br />
will typically cause a reduced supply. Hence a lower price may actually<br />
result in fewer people getting to buy the product. To understand this look<br />
at Figure 1 where D and S are, respectively, the demand curve and the<br />
45
supply curve. If price were not controlled, it would settle at p*, and x*<br />
units would be bought. Now suppose that the good, being an essential<br />
good, has a price p, fixed by the government. It is true that more people<br />
will now be able to afford the good and demand will now be greater, at x.<br />
However supply will drop to x. Hence the number of units of the goods<br />
sold will be x, which is less than x*. In Russia, for example, basic medicine<br />
is very cheap but it is frequently unavailable.<br />
It is worth observing that a price control regime as just described violates<br />
the principle of contract, since there will be individuals who would be<br />
willing to sell at a price above p and there will be individuals willing to<br />
buy at that higher price. But since such transactions are illegal, such transactions<br />
or contracts would be disallowed.<br />
Note now that the same p can be achieved without violating the<br />
contract principle if it is attained through a subsidy. If, for instance, a<br />
specific subsidy of a-b is given for each good sold, the effective supply<br />
curve would be S’ and equilibrium would occur at b. Hence price would<br />
be p and the number of units sold would be x’.<br />
For this reason the Dunkel draft proposal to prevent price fixing for<br />
certain goods including drugs does not mean consumers will have to pay a<br />
higher price. If the government appropriately subsidizes the consumers<br />
purchasing this good, the price to the consumer could continue to remain<br />
46
low. This is allowed under the Uruguay round GATT agreement. Hence,<br />
the popular view that the consumer price of these drugs will necessarily<br />
rise is erroneous. What is true is that once the GATT proposals are implemented,<br />
the government will have to choose between allowing the<br />
prices of some drugs to rise and spending additional money to keep prices<br />
low by subsidizing the consumers.<br />
To sum up the two methods of keeping consumer price down: if this<br />
is achieved through a subsidy, the government will have to spend ab,<br />
multiplied by pb, units of money on subsidy, thereby risking an enlarged<br />
fiscal deficit. The consumers will get to buy x’ units of the good. If, on<br />
the other hand, the price is fixed at p by decree, government expenditure<br />
does not rise (except for the costs of enforcing the decree), but sales will<br />
fall to only x units.<br />
6. Notes on <strong>Corruption</strong><br />
It has been argued above that in designing institutional reform we should<br />
treat the principle of contract as a starting point. Violations to the principle<br />
should be the exception. Nevertheless, there are domains where we may<br />
consciously want to disregard the principle of contract. There are essential<br />
goods for which we may want to hold prices down below the market<br />
level. This may be desirable for primary education, health services and<br />
basic foods. There are certain very long-term contracts that we may<br />
choose to disallow. Many such caveats were discussed in the previous two<br />
sections. Note however, that every violation of the principle of contract<br />
has the potential for corruption, because individuals may now want to<br />
collude to get around the law. A producer and a buyer may collude to<br />
violate a maximum price law, thereby giving rise to bounded labour. So<br />
our previous discussion takes us naturally to the subject of corruption.<br />
This section briefly delves into this topic and discusses methods for the<br />
control of corruption.<br />
It is however important to clear up some basic issues. First, there are<br />
some economists who have taken the view that once there is scope for<br />
corruption, corruption is not undesirable because it helps exchanges and<br />
transactions. This is, I believe, a deeply flawed view. <strong>Corruption</strong> not only<br />
cuts into the moral fabric of society, but it is usually very inequitable,<br />
giving an edge to the rich and the powerful. In addition, it often prevents<br />
entry into business by those who are not trained in the art of bribery and<br />
47
tax evasion, thereby limiting competition. So although it would be foolish<br />
to think that we can weed out corruption altogether (the costs of doing so<br />
are likely to be astronomical, even if it were feasible), in restructuring our<br />
economic institutions, it is important to try to curtail corruption as much<br />
as possible.<br />
Secondly, corruption is not always a black and white matter. There<br />
are large areas of grey. To take one example consider the problem of<br />
perquisites. In India very large inefficiencies occur through the act of<br />
giving civil sevants and managers in private firms large parts of their<br />
salaries in the form of perquisites.<br />
For many government personnel about 90 per cent of their salary<br />
comes in the form of perks. However, giving salary in this form leads to<br />
an over-consumption of housing and petrol, etc, and makes these commodities<br />
inelastic with respect to prices. Since these perks are valued by<br />
the government using book values, instead of their real (and much higher)<br />
market prices, there is a tendency to underestimate the waste that occurs<br />
through this.<br />
This system persists because it allows one to hide a larger part of our<br />
income from the attention of the public and the tax collector. In India,<br />
perks are, for all practical purposes, tax-exempt. This is not tax ‘evasion’<br />
because there is no violation of the law. But neither is this an example of<br />
the more benign tax ‘avoidance’. This is a case of the law-maker making a<br />
law which is convenient to himself and then taking advantage of the law. I<br />
have elsewhere (Basu, 1993) called this tax avoision. The costs of the<br />
avoision are higher than people realise. Hence it is arguable that all perks<br />
should be brought within the tax net, and that individuals should be given<br />
the option of taking cash instead of perks and then paying them sufficiently<br />
high salaries so that their welfare does not decline. The government will<br />
save a lot of money and markets will be responsive to supply conditions,<br />
which is the essence of an efficient economy. I have done some detailed<br />
calculations of the possible costs of tax avoision of this kind in Basu<br />
(1992) and, therefore, of the possible savings that can be effected through<br />
implementing the above changes.<br />
Let us now turn to more clear-cut cases of corruption. While corruption<br />
has many different effects on a nation’s polity and economy, what is<br />
of particular concern to me here is that it weakens the link between policy<br />
decisions and their implementation. It is being increasingly argued that the<br />
current reforms do not have a sufficient impact on the economy because<br />
decisions taken by the higher echelons of the bureaucracy are not percolat-<br />
48
ing down to the grass roots, where the action is. The tax laws may be<br />
changed, but bribery and evasion can dilute their effectiveness considerably.<br />
The theoretical implications of this observation can be quite intricate.<br />
They are the subject matter of Basu, Bhattacharya and Mishra (1992).<br />
Consider a society where bribery is rampant; so much so that no fine or<br />
tax is ever paid because the culprit invariably bribes the law-enforcer and<br />
gets away. In such a society the effect of a new law - for example, a fine<br />
for pollution or a new tax on capital gains - will be weak. What is however<br />
interesting to observe is that even though the effect of a new law is<br />
weakened by bribery, it will not be totally ineffective. This is because the<br />
law could affect the fall-back options or threat points of the various agents<br />
and hence influence the level of the bribe, which is typically the outcome<br />
of a bargaining process. Hence, taxes and fines can still be used to control<br />
corruption but only through the indirect route of them influencing the<br />
equilibrium bribe. Ideally, we should of course think of institutional reorganization<br />
so as to curb bribery in the first place.<br />
All this points to the need for organizational reform. Motivation for<br />
one major strand of organizational reform comes from the observation that<br />
the power to veto, either directly or through intrigue, is far too widely<br />
distributed in our system. Too many decision-makers can veto too many<br />
decisions.<br />
At first sight it may seem that this is an inevitable concomitant of a<br />
democracy. After all everybody having a say is what democracy in decision-making<br />
is all about. Fortunately, there is an oversimplification in<br />
this view. As I have argued elsewhere (Basu, 1993), an organization can<br />
be democratic in at least two different ways. I describe an organization as<br />
having ‘overlapping rights’ if everybody has a right to decide on every<br />
matter; and as having ‘partitioned rights’ if everyone has a domain over<br />
which he or she has full right to decide. These are of course extreme<br />
categories; and in reality all democratic organizations will lie within the<br />
spectrum of these two polar cases.<br />
While India is indeed a vibrant democracy, it is arguable that many<br />
Indian organizations are too close to the ‘overlapping rights’ end of the<br />
spectrum and this is what has impaired the economy’s flexibility and<br />
adaptability. Much of this problem in India has risen from the accumulated<br />
attempts to place checks and balances against corruption. What has been<br />
achieved by this is not any reduction in corruption but, instead, sluggishness<br />
and a lack of adaptability.<br />
49
It is important to appreciate that if we want the Indian economy to be<br />
more efficient and responsive then we shall need to restructure our organizations<br />
and bureaucracy. In particular, individuals need more room for<br />
decision-making without, at each stage, having to get clearance from<br />
others including their superiors. Of course their work can, and should, be<br />
evaluated at intervals and they can be suitably punished or rewarded. In<br />
other words, what is being urged is a push towards a partitioned democracy.<br />
It goes without saying that this will not be an easy task because in<br />
an overlapping democracy, not only is no one in a position to change rules<br />
but no one is in a position to change this!<br />
It was mentioned earlier that the government’s attempt to control<br />
corruption was partly responsible for the burgeoning bureaucracy and<br />
inflexibilities in the system. There is now much economics literature<br />
which investigates the problem of corruption and its control. 11 Indian corruption<br />
is different from the kind found in Japan and other industrialized<br />
nations. It is small-scale and pervasive, rather than large and isolated,<br />
though the internationalized Bofors scandal and the recent stock market<br />
scam may be harbingers of a structural change in the nature of corruption<br />
in India. Thus, while the leading politicians and bureaucrats continue to<br />
have, by and large, an unblemished record, they tend to be surrounded by<br />
corruption. There are strong indications that some fairly close friends and<br />
associates of the erstwhile prime minister Rajiv Gandhi were involved in<br />
the Bofors scandal. Similarly, when ex-prime minister Morarji Desai (who<br />
was a man of great personal integrity) was described as ‘a person who is<br />
above corruption’, many cynical observers felt that this was an apt description<br />
of the fact that Morarji used to live one floor above his son’s<br />
apartment.<br />
However, corruption needs to be tackled on several different fronts. I<br />
shall focus here on the need to change what I shall call the ‘points of<br />
monitoring’ for corruption and illegality. Most illegal acts and exchanges<br />
can be monitored from several places. Between two points of monitoring,<br />
which are equally suitable for controlling an illegal act, one may however<br />
have the side-effect of generating a larger bureaucracy and meddlesomeness<br />
with general economic functioning. Unfortunately in India we have<br />
chosen points of monitoring for corruption without any heed to this sideeffect.<br />
This is one of the reasons for the economy’s sluggishness.<br />
As an example, consider the issue of rupee convertibility. There can<br />
be several genuine reasons for being hesitant in making the rupee convertible;<br />
but one reason which is frequently cited is that, since in India there<br />
50
are restrictions on what can be bought with our hard currency (we cannot<br />
for example freely import cars), we cannot allow people to convert their<br />
rupees into dollars. This misses the point that the illegal import of certain<br />
goods can be monitored from several points and it is not necessary to do<br />
this at the point of exchange of currency. Virtually all countries in the<br />
world have some restrictions on what people can bring into the country,<br />
but they do not monitor this from the bureaus of exchange. In the UK, if<br />
you change pounds into dollars, no attempt is made at that point to ensure<br />
that you are not planning to import drugs from the US. If however you are<br />
caught with drugs at the customs, you will be severely punished. Indeed<br />
this is probably the right place to monitor illegal imports, because to introduce<br />
bureaucratic procedures at the point of exchange of currency would<br />
slow down and disrupt legitimate transactions and therefore be harmful for<br />
the economy.<br />
In India, this negative fall out of ill-chosen points of control is not<br />
appreciated at all. Should black money be monitored at the point of large<br />
purchases such as houses and cars? Will it slow down legitimate transactions<br />
and therefore be very costly for society? We must remember that<br />
India’s industrial licensing system was born out of the entirely well-meaning<br />
objective of controlling irregularities. The government was so singleminded<br />
in weeding out such industrial irregularities that it was unmindful<br />
of the fact that it was achieving this objective by destroying large amounts<br />
of legitimate industrial activity.<br />
At this stage I do not know what the best points of monitoring are,<br />
but I know that this is one area which deserves attention, because the cost<br />
difference between being right and wrong here is much larger than most<br />
people realize.<br />
The subject of law and economic development deserves much greater<br />
attention from researchers than it has received so far. The traditional attitude<br />
has been that of treating the legal structure as redundant in discussions<br />
of development. In researching development we have focused on<br />
savings, investments, stabilization and trade. The legal structure of a<br />
nation has either been thought of as unimportant or taken for granted. But<br />
recent experience in Eastern Europe and advances in the discipline of law<br />
and economics have alerted us to the need for much more direct investigation<br />
into the institutional and legal structures of developing economies.<br />
Even though we may not be able to legislate economic development,<br />
nations can have sufficiently retrogade legislative structures to be effectively<br />
legislating economic backwardness.<br />
51
Notes<br />
1. Acknowledgements: I am grateful for comments and suggestions to Rimjhim<br />
Mehra, V.N. Pandit, J. Mohan Rao, Jaivir Singh and the participants of a<br />
seminar at the Center for Development Studies, Trivandrum. This paper<br />
draws extensively on my earlier writings, especially Basu (1993) and (1996).<br />
2. I call it the ‘basic principle’ in Basu (1992).<br />
3. Complicated legislation is by no means exclusive to India. Here is what<br />
Mario Vargas Llosa has to say in his foreward to De Soto’s (1989) book: ‘It<br />
is said that the number of laws and executive orders [...] in Peru exceed half<br />
a million [...]. We live in a labyrinth in which even a Daedalus would get<br />
lost’ (p. xviii).<br />
4. For a critique of the proliferation of irrational legislation in the U.S., see<br />
Howard (1995).<br />
5. This act defines contracts, promises and other instruments of agreement<br />
between consenting adults or, as Chapter 2 of the Act makes more elaborate,<br />
between individuals of a certain age and ‘of sound mind’. This act is of<br />
special interest to economists because it tries to give operational definition to<br />
important concepts including coercion, promise and even ‘sound mind’!<br />
6. Basu (1989) shows how certain tenurial laws can contribute to technological<br />
stagnation.<br />
7. One major consequence of this has been to contribute to poor performance<br />
of companies by creating hurdles to the closure of firms (Anant et al.,<br />
1993).<br />
8. For a full-blown analysis the reader is referred to Basu (1995). For a discussion<br />
of the Indian law in the context of contracts in the labour market, see<br />
Chander (1993). I must emphasize here that it is not being claimed that<br />
labourers invariably benefit from the principle of contract. What I wish to<br />
demonstrate is that the converse claim, that workers invariably lose out if<br />
the law gives them the freedom to enter into contracts, is false.<br />
9. This is consistent with the Nash bargaining model. If, to capture the greater<br />
bargaining power of the employer, we assume that the employer gets a<br />
fraction, d, of the benefit and the worker the rest and d > 1/2, we could do<br />
so without affecting my claim. The assumption d = 1/2 is purely for simplicity.<br />
10. In Basu (1984) I formalize in a social-choice-theoretical framework the<br />
concept of the right to give up rights.<br />
11. For a survey, see Mishra (1993).<br />
52
3. Personnel transfer in Indian state bureaucracy:<br />
<strong>Corruption</strong> and Anti-corruption<br />
Frank de Zwart<br />
This article discusses corruption, and anti-corruption policy, in Indian<br />
state bureaucracies. It aims to explain a curious aspect of India’s anticorruption<br />
policy from the viewpoint of corruption I found common among<br />
my informants. 1 One important means by which government in India<br />
claims to combat corruption is the policy of frequently transferring<br />
government staff. What is striking about this policy is that it has two<br />
seemingly irreconcilable aspects: on the one hand regular transfers are<br />
widely considered to be absolutely necessary to prevent corruption and, on<br />
the other hand, it is common knowledge that the same transfers are an<br />
important source of corruption. Most present-day studies on India’s transfer<br />
policy concentrate on the second aspect and attempt to explain how,<br />
and why, transfers lead to rampant corruption. The other argument, the<br />
prevention of corruption that frequent transfer supposedly promotes is<br />
often ignored, taken to be a complete farce, or a cynical legitimation of<br />
large scale abuse. As we shall see, there is indeed good reason to endorse<br />
the latter view. However, even though most of my informants in Gujarat,<br />
where the research for this article was conducted, say that transfers cause<br />
corruption, still give credit to the original idea that transfers prevent<br />
corruption. The pages that follow attempt to explain why that is so.<br />
1. Bureaucracy and the people: social distance and<br />
prevention of corruption<br />
From the times of Akbar until the present day, most rulers and governments<br />
in South Asia have attempted to control officials by manipulating<br />
the social distance between these officials and the people they governed.<br />
Part of the institutional support for maintaining central power has always<br />
been a ruler’s, or a government’s, ability to stop subordinates building up<br />
power bases or, as the metaphor goes, from ‘developing roots’ in the area<br />
in which they work. 2<br />
53
To this end rulers and governments have used various policy instruments.<br />
For instance the preference for appointing foreigners (Afghans,<br />
Persians, and Turks) as officials in the Moghul empire. 3 As outsiders to<br />
the area where they work, foreign officials cannot easily develop social<br />
ties and therefore they are relatively slow in creating a following, or building<br />
coalitions, that might threaten central power. Foreigners are, as it were,<br />
socially handicapped. Another policy instrument, serving the same end, is<br />
what in the Chinese empire was called the ‘law of avoidance’: Government<br />
officers are not posted to their native area (see e.g. Fletcher, 1978,<br />
p.8). The law of avoidance is still common practice in Indian state bureaucracies<br />
today. A third policy instrument used to avoid officials developing<br />
‘roots’ is the frequent transfer of government staff. This policy too has a<br />
long history. Regular compulsory transfers of officials were strictly enforced<br />
by the Moghul emperors who transferred their mansabdars every<br />
two or three years.<br />
The British government in India continued and expanded this practice:<br />
officers in the Indian Civil Service (ICS) were transferred even more<br />
rapidly than their predecessors in the Moghul empire (see for instance<br />
Potter, 1986, p.26; Spangenberg, 1976, pp.73-4,p.78). And, as with the law<br />
of avoidance, frequent compulsory transfers of civil servants are still common<br />
practice in India.<br />
Depending on personal, regional, departmental, and rank differences,<br />
Indian civil servants are transferred at intervals between approximately six<br />
months and four years (De Zwart, 1994, pp.52-6). One of the most important<br />
reasons presently given by the government for pursuing this policy is<br />
prevention of corruption. This might seem a less political, more administrative,<br />
motive for compulsory regular transfers than the motive that is<br />
usually subscribed to imperial powerholders: curbing the independent<br />
power opportunities of officials by keeping them from developing ‘roots’.<br />
However, prevention of corruption can also be seen as a modern version<br />
of that same motive. After all, a corrupt official is exercising power independently<br />
(at least in the formal sense) of the political and bureaucratic<br />
hierarchy. An important difference with imperial times is, of course, that<br />
nowadays the prevention of corruption is supposed to serve a much more<br />
common interest than it ever did under imperial powerholders.<br />
Curbing the independent power of officials, most people today would<br />
agree, is necessary for good governance (I shall return to this point later).<br />
Exercising control over officials by creating social distance between them<br />
and the rest of society, an effect of regular compulsory transfers, is, how-<br />
54
ever, less acceptable. At present the social distance between government<br />
officers and the people is seen not as a solution but rather as one of the<br />
main problems of modern development administration. 4 It is often stressed<br />
in contemporary studies on public administration and management that<br />
promoting development and development administration implies that government<br />
has to be close to the people (see for instance Bryant and White,<br />
1982, pp.159-60; Staudt, 1991, p.174). According to this popular view,<br />
what is needed is decentralization and people’s participation in decisions<br />
concerning their lives and environment. Government, with its bureaucratic<br />
ways, seems unable to meet this need.<br />
Robert Chambers’ criticism of what he calls ‘development tourism’<br />
presents this view convincingly: according to Chambers, development<br />
policies and practices are usually made and conducted by outsiders to the<br />
area, culture, and problems they pertain to. The scholars (both native and<br />
foreign) and government officers who write about and work for the poor,<br />
do so from a comfortable social and physical distance. As outsiders they<br />
engage in hit-and-run visits to rural areas about which, moreover, they<br />
usually hold strong biases. 5 In short they behave like tourists and their<br />
‘development tourism’ hampers government performance in developmentrelated<br />
activities (Chambers, 1992).<br />
At first glance the popular idea that government administration is too<br />
remote from the people and that the gap between bureaucracy and the<br />
people has to be bridged, seems to be widely shared in present-day India.<br />
Bureaucracy, with its notoriously slow centralized structure, its top-down<br />
decision procedures, emphasis on due procedure, red tape, and career,<br />
rather than result-minded staff, is often seen as a major cause of the gap.<br />
As in most countries today, it is quite common for politicians and bureaucrats<br />
in India to emphasize the need to bring government closer to the<br />
people by means of reorganization, cutting red tape, and changing the<br />
emphasis on procedure into one on service and client-needs.<br />
At closer scrutiny, however, one finds that many people who endorse<br />
the ‘get government closer to the people’ ideal, also consider the creation<br />
and maintenance of distance between civil servants and their clients a<br />
great benefit. Politicians and bureaucrats in India commonly believe that<br />
without a policy to promote social distance, i.e. to isolate civil servants<br />
from their social surroundings, neutral government administration would<br />
be almost impossible. Or, to put it more bluntly and more in line with the<br />
term informants use: without such a policy corruption would become<br />
rampant. Therefore, as I was told by many informants, the government<br />
55
conducts a policy of frequent compulsory transfers of civil servants. Frequent<br />
transfers create social distance and social distance helps prevent<br />
corruption. The causal relation between social distance and corruption that<br />
underlies the transfer policy is self evident to almost all of my informants.<br />
For them it requires no explanation at all because it is congruent with<br />
commonly shared ideas about the causes and nature of corruption.<br />
2. <strong>Corruption</strong> and Prevention of <strong>Corruption</strong>: an Emic View<br />
One can view and describe a society, or a culture, or any social field from<br />
an emic or an etic point of view. The emic point of view is that of the<br />
participants; the etic point of view is that of the observers. 6 In the [emic]<br />
approach, as Harris puts it, ‘the observers employ concepts and distinctions<br />
that are meaningful and appropriate to the participants; in the [etic]<br />
approach they employ concepts and distinctions that are meaningful and<br />
appropriate to the observers’ (Harris, 1988, p.131). The emic point of view<br />
is the definition of the situation on which people act. Without looking at<br />
phenomena from the point of view of the participants it is very difficult to<br />
explain the latter’s behaviour. If we try, as in our case, to explain why<br />
people support frequent transfers as an anti-corruption policy in spite of<br />
the fact that it is well known that transfers also cause corruption, it is<br />
necessary to inquire into the emic view of corruption.<br />
The tales people tell about corruption and the extent to which ‘society<br />
has become corrupt’, are a good starting point. Such tales, and the<br />
ideas and opinions based upon them, are what Myrdal calls a ‘folklore of<br />
corruption’. India has a lively folklore of corruption. Myrdal wrote about<br />
it two decades ago and most of what he said is still true today. Tales from<br />
India’s folklore tell that politics and administration are increasingly corrupt,<br />
which, according to Myrdal, might be a self-fulfilling prophecy because<br />
these tales, true or false, ‘spread cynicism and ... lower resistance to<br />
giving and taking bribes’ (Myrdal, 1970, pp.236-5).<br />
However, the folklore of corruption holds more than just ideas and<br />
opinions about the extent to which corruption has spread. It also includes<br />
ideas about the nature and causes of corruption. Some authors argue that<br />
subjective definitions of corruption, as in the folklore about nature and<br />
causes of corruption (Heidenheimer, 1970, p.8-9 for a discussion), can<br />
help explain the differences in the extent to which corruption is common<br />
in different countries. The argument in such explanations goes as follows:<br />
56
Besides differences in the salaries of officials and in the capabilities of<br />
governments to control and punish officials, the question as to whether or<br />
not official norms and legal definitions of corruption, which are quite<br />
similar all over the world, are widely shared and considered legitimate in a<br />
specific society, is an important variable when explaining differences in<br />
the occurrence of corruption between societies (see Wertheim, 1970 for a<br />
classic example of this line of reasoning).<br />
Another implication of subjective definitions of corruption, however,<br />
has received much less attention in the literature. Subjective definitions of<br />
corruption not only help explain its occurrence and spread, they also support<br />
and promote particular government policies and anti-corruption strategies.<br />
In India people strongly believe that the longer civil servants work<br />
in the same place, the more corrupt they become. This belief forms, as it<br />
were, the mental frame that supports the policy of frequent personnel<br />
transfers. Therefore this belief has important consequences for the structure<br />
and functioning of Indian government. But before discussing these<br />
consequences let us look at the belief itself.<br />
People say that civil servants, after having worked for some time in a<br />
certain place, become increasingly accessible to people and get to know<br />
more and more people. Even if they intend no harm, civil servants will<br />
face a problem because people will try to cultivate personal relationships<br />
with them and the general idea is that personal relationships easily corrupt.<br />
In line with this reasoning, it is common in India to speak about corruption<br />
in the passive voice: ‘civil servants are corrupted’. <strong>Corruption</strong> is seen<br />
as an almost inevitable by-product of relationships that develop over time.<br />
In other words, it is assumed that in many situations civil servants do not<br />
have much choice but to grant favours to people they know.<br />
It is indeed particularly difficult for civil servants to avoid, in an<br />
acceptable way, the attempts of people in their vicinity (clients and colleagues)<br />
to bind them in personal and obliging relationships. Many of<br />
them are not completely in control of their patronage. Just like politicians,<br />
civil servants are surrounded, often quite literally, by crowds of patiently<br />
waiting people who hope to get special favours and, in so doing, make use<br />
of personal relationships.<br />
For instance in the district where they work, civil servants often have<br />
a network of relationships, consisting of people whom they have helped as<br />
clients. They shop with shopkeepers to whom they previously granted a<br />
loan; they have their meals prepared by a family, one of whose members<br />
57
they have helped; and they often sleep, eat, or drink in the company of<br />
former clients.<br />
Restitution of this form may be the reason why a civil servant<br />
chooses to act as a patron for certain people. But that is far from always<br />
the case. The civil servant who has simply done his job is seen by the<br />
villagers as a patron, and consequently obliged to avail himself of their<br />
services in return. 7 There thus arises a reciprocal relationship that others,<br />
acquaintances and relatives of the original client, then resort to in order to<br />
get something done. Gujaratis call such relationships lagvag or influence.<br />
Clients of the civil service consider having lagvag very important. Lagvag<br />
gives status, the creation of which is a worthwhile activity since it seems<br />
that civil servants are often prepared, or rather feel obliged, to help even<br />
vague friends of friends.<br />
In itself, there is nothing peculiar about this. People in India always<br />
pursue their interests in this way. In virtually all cases, people try, in the<br />
first place, to realise their needs by means of a personal relationship. One<br />
does not simply go to any shop in the bazaar, but to the shopkeeper who<br />
has been recommended by an acquaintance, one who preferably writes a<br />
chit, but whose name in any case must be mentioned. In the shop, one<br />
appeals to the relationship in the expectation of getting better treatment.<br />
One does not simply go to a hospital, but to a hospital where an acquaintance<br />
works.<br />
This way of acting is not restricted to any one social or economic<br />
class. It is not just those who are too poor to gain access in other ways<br />
who resort to personal relationships. The rich follow the same course of<br />
action. This course of action is not always the only way, or even the<br />
easiest way, to gain such access. In a sense one is socially compelled to<br />
make use of personal contacts. Not many people who have a friend, or a<br />
friend of a friend, working at the railway station would buy train tickets at<br />
the booking-office, even if it would be quicker and easier than go through<br />
the obligatory rituals (drinking tea) and indebtedness that the help of a<br />
friend inevitably entails. It would be improper to pass him by; he would<br />
feel offended if he came across his friend at the booking-office. And for<br />
the friend (or friend of a friend) it would be improper not to help with a<br />
ticket, even if it cost him time and led to complaints from his boss. Often<br />
both parties feel uncomfortable, but the situation is somehow inescapable.<br />
The emic view of corruption rests on assumptions, based of course on<br />
experience, about the compelling nature of social relationships, the idea<br />
that corruption increases with the time a civil servant spends working in<br />
58
the same place, makes perfect sense. After all, the longer a civil servant<br />
serves in one place the more he gets involved in social relationships with<br />
clients and colleagues. And, as I argued, irrespective of the intentions or<br />
good will of civil servants, people will use these relationships to try and<br />
get special favours. For many government servants such people can be<br />
hard to refuse and thus they can indeed corrupt the civil service.<br />
Given this idea about the nature and causes of corruption, it is not<br />
surprising that so many people believe in the supposedly preventive quality<br />
of regular transfers. Building up personal, diffuse relationships takes<br />
time and this is where regular transfers can intervene. If care is taken that<br />
civil servants are frequently placed outside the boundary of their personal<br />
network, then those among them with corrupt intentions are permanently<br />
handicapped, both because they have less time to build extensive networks<br />
of contacts and because the time that they do have must be devoted to<br />
establishing new networks to replace the old ones. Also, equally importantly,<br />
clients of bureaucracy too are discouraged from investing in relationships<br />
with bureaucrats. The latter are rather elusive from the point of<br />
view of the inhabitants of the place where they work. Relationships in<br />
which long-term reciprocity plays a role can only be developed on a<br />
limited scale.<br />
There are few written statements about this function of transfers. An<br />
interesting exception, however, is a verbatim report of an argument made<br />
at a conference titled ‘Morale in the Public Services’, held in 1959 at the<br />
Indian Institute of Public Administration in New Delhi. Participants were<br />
high ranking civil servants, public administration specialists and national<br />
politicians such as Sri B.G. Pant, then Minister of the Interior. Although<br />
over 30 years old this argument is still exemplary of a very common way<br />
of thinking about corruption in bureaucracy. One of the speakers stated the<br />
following:<br />
<strong>Corruption</strong> ... is particularly dangerous at the upper levels and ... is<br />
responsible for the lowering of the morale of ... civil servants .... While<br />
we have various safeguards, such as the public service commissions,<br />
both at the centre and at the states, something more is necessary to<br />
institutionalise the arrangements by which no civil servant of any category<br />
will be placed in a position of authority for more than three to<br />
five years in the same place, in the same set up. This will prevent him<br />
from throwing his weight about or misusing his authority. It will also<br />
prevent, which, I think, is most important, an atmosphere being built<br />
up by which people might think that X, whom he knows or who likes<br />
59
him or his work, is in a particular position and he can help if there is<br />
any need. The change will also help in preventing what I may call the<br />
hardening of bureaucratic arteries which results from doing the same<br />
kind of job year after year. This institutional framework is necessary<br />
whether we are dealing with a central ministry or state ministry or with<br />
a particular executive in an area. As deputy commissioner or collector<br />
of district one stays for three years or so. He may not be corrupt but<br />
his colleagues in whom he has confidence, who may be working very<br />
well so far as he is concerned, and have established their connections<br />
on the basis of good work, some of them may be corrupt and once<br />
they are sure of the confidence of the boss, they continue to be corrupt,<br />
the rot starts. This can only be arrested by periodic changes.<br />
This statement might seem a bit far fetched but is in fact an accurate description<br />
of relationships in the offices of state bureaucracy. The text contains<br />
two basic assumptions underlying the emic view of corruption in<br />
Indian society: First, in government offices where personnel have regular<br />
interactions over some period of time, feelings of mutual obligation will<br />
develop and these feelings will undermine authority and with it the ability<br />
of superiors to act against subordinates who are out of line. Second, similarly<br />
obliging relationships will develop between bureaucrats and their<br />
clients who tend to think that relationships, once established, can be relied<br />
upon to extract favours from bureaucrats. To ‘help if there any need’, as<br />
the above quoted speaker put it. In a conversation I had with Dr. Devadas<br />
Pillai about office management and the use of personnel transfers in India<br />
and Europe, he summarized it nicely when he said that in his view the<br />
crucial difference was that ‘in Europe you are desperately trying to create<br />
informality all the time, we Indians are always fighting informality’.<br />
3. The Political Economy of Personnel Transfers<br />
A striking aspect of the transfer system is that its reputation as a means of<br />
preventing corruption does not seem to suffer from the well known fact<br />
that it is also a cause of corruption. Bureaucrats and politicians who would<br />
attribute to transfers the quality of preventing corruption, might also tell<br />
you a few minutes later, or in a slightly different context, that political and<br />
financial manipulations result in transfers being a major source of corruption.<br />
60
The view that transfers cause corruption is in line with most academic<br />
studies on the transfer system. Let me summarize some of the main<br />
conclusions from the research of several authors. The transfer of civil<br />
service personnel in India occurs within state boundaries. Senior civil<br />
servants tend to be transferred more often than junior ones but all of them<br />
are transferred at least every few years. Most states have regulations stipulating<br />
the desired frequencies. In Gujarat, for instance, the official rule is<br />
that government officers are not transferred before having served in one<br />
place for three years; and they do not remain in the same post for more<br />
than five years. However, in Gujarat, as in most states, the government is<br />
unable to enforce this rule. Potter (1986) compared the frequencies of<br />
transfers in five states and concluded that ‘mobility patterns in state<br />
government departments ... have been at variance from what state government<br />
regulations say they ought to have been. More particularly, mobility<br />
has been far more rapid than state governments have defined officially as<br />
desirable’ (ibid., p.916).<br />
This excessive rapidity is partly a consequence of large scale abuse of<br />
personnel transfers by politicians and top bureaucrats. These powerholders<br />
use their power of decision over the transfers of subordinates to build and<br />
maintain a clientele or simply to make money (De Zwart, 1994). Transfers,<br />
as Robert Wade (ibid.) has clearly shown, are used by bureaucrats to<br />
get themselves appointed to profitable posts, ‘earning centres’ as the<br />
Gujaratis say (De Zwart, 1990). In their turn, politicians and some top<br />
bureaucrats, who have the power to determine the transfers of others, can<br />
use this power to force bureaucrats into sharing illegal profits. In short the<br />
system works as follows: a civil servant pays a bribe for a good post. He<br />
then recoups his ‘investment’ with a ‘profit’ before being transferred<br />
again, i.e. before someone else gets a chance in this post and he himself<br />
invests in a new post.<br />
In some states and departments, as Robert Wade shows (1982), almost<br />
all positions are involved in this trade. Posts have more or less fixed<br />
prices, relative to the expected gains (see also Metha, 1990). In other<br />
places proceedings are not so systematic, i.e. prices are not really fixed<br />
and not all posts are involved in the ‘transfer trade’, to use Robert<br />
Chambers’ accurate term. But, in any case, the basic principle is that civil<br />
servants recoup the bribe they paid for their post by having their clients<br />
pay for services that ought to be free or ought not to be given at all. In<br />
this way, money is sluiced upwards. Or, as Wade writes, ‘transfer is the<br />
61
politician’s ... lever of surplus extraction from the clients of the bureaucracy’<br />
(Wade, 1982, p.319).<br />
Adding to Wade’s analyses, I have tried elsewhere to show that the<br />
‘transfer-corruption syndrome’ is well known in Indian society and that<br />
there have always been powerful politicians (for instance Indira and Rajiv<br />
Gandhi) who have tried to put an end to it. Their attempts, however, failed<br />
because a politician, even a Prime Minister, who touches the transfer trade<br />
in the states, touches the power base of their own party. A say over the<br />
transfer of bureaucrats is an important political resource for state parliamentarians,<br />
Members of the Legislative Assembly (MLAs). Therefore<br />
the granting and withholding of ‘transfer quotas’ by Chief Ministers (who<br />
have the legal decision-power) to parliamentarians, is a political resource<br />
for Chief Ministers. They use this resource to build and maintain factional<br />
support. Without a majority faction of parliamentarians, from his own<br />
party, supporting him, a Chief Minister cannot stay in power for very long<br />
(De Zwart, 1994, pp.83-90). MLAs exchange loyalty to the Chief Minister<br />
for a certain ‘quota’ of transfers in the bureaucracy which they use to<br />
maintain their constituency (ibid., pp.78-83). Thus, in addition to the financial<br />
exchanges between clients, bureaucrats, and politicians, there is the<br />
exchange between politicians: a political transfer trade.<br />
4. Parochial and Market <strong>Corruption</strong><br />
Existence of the transfer trade is no secret. Both the English press and the<br />
more widely read newspapers and weeklies in local languages regularly<br />
publish articles on the abuse of transfers. Nevertheless arguments in favour<br />
of getting rid of, or even just radically diminishing the frequency of transfers,<br />
are not very popular. It seems that neither the social distance between<br />
bureaucracy and the people that is caused by frequent transfers, nor the<br />
corruption and political manipulation that accompany the transfer policy<br />
can destroy the legitimacy of this policy. It is still commonly seen as a<br />
necessary measure to prevent corruption.<br />
This apparent contradiction can be understood if we complete our<br />
discussion on the emic theory of corruption. Ideas about the corrupting<br />
quality of personal relationships, that we discussed above, are just one side<br />
of the coin. The other side is that people also acknowledge a totally different,<br />
more impersonal form of corruption. This type of corruption has to do<br />
with financial manipulation; with bribing, being bribed and getting rich. A<br />
62
very similar distinction has been made on a more theoretical level by Scott<br />
(1972). According to Scott there are two types of corruption: parochial and<br />
market. Of parochial corruption, he writes, ‘ties of kinship, affection, case,<br />
and so forth determine access to the favours of power holders’ (Scott,<br />
1972, p.88). Market corruption, on the other hand, ‘provides access to<br />
those who can pay for it’ (ibid.). Scott’s distinction is similar to the distinction<br />
most people in India normally make. Although people do not use<br />
a separate term for it, the kind of corruption that they know is promoted<br />
by the present transfer system, is, in fact, market corruption; the temporary<br />
postings that are bought by civil servants who then recoup their investment<br />
by means of charging clients of the bureaucracy. But when people<br />
state the ability of transfers to prevent corruption, they refer to parochial<br />
corruption.<br />
Favouritism and preferential treatment on the basis of personal relationships,<br />
which is what parochial corruption in the eyes of most informants<br />
boils down to, is seen by most as a very serious threat. Research on<br />
the transfer system has somewhat one-sidedly concentrated on the market<br />
corruption that is not prevented, but on the contrary promoted, by regular<br />
transfers. Transfers are an opportunity for people with corrupt intentions,<br />
and in addition they promote market corruption precisely because they are<br />
effective in diminishing parochial corruption. When, as a result of frequent<br />
transfers, civil servants become less accessible through personal relationships,<br />
money inevitably becomes a relatively more important way of gaining<br />
access.<br />
The emic theory of corruption, however, also consides parochial<br />
corruption. Regular transfers do prevent personal loyalties and obligations<br />
interfering with the work of civil servants. The importance that people<br />
attach to this effect makes them support the system in spite of the large<br />
scale abuse to which it lends itself. In a heavily divided society such as<br />
India, where personal, ethnic, caste, or regional loyalties have always been<br />
important determinants of access to scarce resources, such a pattern should<br />
perhaps not surprise us.<br />
63
Notes<br />
1. The material presented here is part of a larger research project on political<br />
and administrative causes and consequences of geographical mobility in an<br />
Indian state bureaucracy (see De Zwart, 1990; 1994). Most of the data were<br />
collected during field research in Gujarat, 1989-91.<br />
2. See Spangenberg (1976) on the decline or absence of British administrative<br />
control over local affairs as a consequence of social and cultural distance<br />
(and the resulting lack of local knowledge) between civil servants and the<br />
people.<br />
3. See, on this subject, Lewis Coser on ‘greedy institutions’, i.e. institutions<br />
that are so organized that it is hard for their members to maintain ties with<br />
other persons or institutions in order to prevent them accumulating claims on<br />
their person other than those originating from the greedy institution itself<br />
(Coser, 1974, p.6, see ibid., pp.221-47 for government by foreigners).<br />
4. See for instance Robert Chambers (1983) on development policy and the<br />
outsider. See also David C. Korten and Felipe B. Alfonso (1981) on the<br />
need for, and obstacles to, popular participation in development programmes.<br />
J. Clark (1991) discussed the reasons for the increasing importance and<br />
legitimacy of so-called non-governmental organizations (NGOs) in development<br />
activities. NGOs are supposed to be able to bridge the gap between<br />
state and society far more easily than government bureaucracy.<br />
5. Chambers makes a positive exception for young anthropologists who engage<br />
in long term fieldwork. But there are not so many of them, and once they<br />
get older (and caught up in teaching and other aspects of academic life) they<br />
too become outsiders to the things they write about.<br />
6. The concepts emic and etic are derived from the words phonemics and phonetics<br />
in linguistic theory.<br />
7. Compare Marcel Mauss’ The Gift, where the author refers to the ‘obligation<br />
to receive’ as part of reciprocity (Mauss, 1990, p.13).<br />
64
4. <strong>Corruption</strong> and <strong>Legitimacy</strong> in Indonesia:<br />
an Exploration<br />
Nico G. Schulte Nordholt<br />
1. The Colonial Period<br />
In his historical-sociological analysis of corruption in Southeast Asia<br />
Wertheim 1 points out that during the nineteenth century, when the colonial<br />
state was shaped by the West, the concept of what we now call corruption<br />
already existed within the indigenous society. Within the patrimonial bureaucracy<br />
of the Javanese kingdoms limits were put on what rulers and<br />
their officials could permit themselves, without losing legitimacy from<br />
their own population. Too high taxes would result in a revolt (1964,<br />
p.109-110). The many administrative measures, taken by the ruler at the<br />
centre of power, to control his vassals’ use of the mandated power, can be<br />
regarded - in accordance with the principal-agent model - as transactioncosts.<br />
These measures were aimed at avoiding the danger of losing authority<br />
over the population to his subordinates rather than aimed at the direct<br />
fate of the population. Almost all measures implied the obtainment of information,<br />
including espionage, unannounced inspections, and fast transfers.<br />
In addition, a payment of products was obligatory (upeti), serving<br />
both as a direct source of revenue for the ruler (principal), and as a token<br />
of obedience by the subordinates (agents) expressing the acceptance of the<br />
legitimate authority of the ruler by the population. A kingdom would<br />
disintegrate if the ruler, or principal, was no longer able to keep an eye on<br />
his vassals, agents, on the periphery and keep them under control.<br />
Wertheim states that, as early as at the end of the eighteenth century,<br />
within the United East Indian Company (VOC), a trading company with<br />
patrimonial-bureaucratic characteristics, individuals such as Dirk van<br />
Hogendorp were already complaining about the enormous extent of corruption<br />
(1964, p.112). Eventually, at the turn of that century, the Company<br />
did fail due to corruption. The Dutch state took over the bankrupt assets<br />
and Daendels was the first governor to introduce new Napoleonic values<br />
concerning ‘clean administration’. Various measures were taken in<br />
accordance with the administration changes in Europe at that time. These<br />
measures meant that civil servants from the trading company were more<br />
65
and more enlisted to fulfil administrative tasks within the new government.<br />
Analogous to arrondissements, residencies, i.e. territorial administrative<br />
unit regions, were established in Java with an administrator, the resident<br />
(the new agent), as the responsible official. This administrator received a<br />
fixed salary and was not allowed to keep a percentage of the revenues<br />
from his residency. These revenues had to be paid in full to Batavia, the<br />
administrative centre (the new principal).<br />
The entire nineteenth century of the Dutch Indies can be described<br />
from the perspective of the process of (colonial) state-building in which<br />
one of the largest problems was the conflicting values and norms in administration.<br />
Amongst others, the world-famous novel ‘Max Havelaar’ was<br />
written by Multatuli (Eduard Douwes Dekker) as a result of this situation. 2<br />
Only in the 1930s did the Dutch finally succeed in creating an international<br />
reputation for integrity. A critical British researcher, Furnivall,<br />
even mentions: ‘...in Java, corruption was practically unknown’. 3 Apart<br />
from the question as to whether Furnivall’s observation is entirely correct,<br />
it can be stated that the ‘norm of clean administration’ was generally<br />
accepted within the Dutch colonial administration and one largely complied<br />
with this norm. Hence, this norm was also known by the native civil<br />
servants at that time. These civil servants were enrolled into the colonial<br />
government under the auspices of the Dutch rulers. The norm was partly<br />
institutionalized by individuals such as Douwes Dekker, who officiated by<br />
example, and by the influence of his novel on the following generations of<br />
colonial civil servants. However, more importantly, as we will prove<br />
below, the norm of ‘clean administration’ was the result of organizational<br />
and institutional changes related to technological developments which<br />
facilitated the improvement of communication and control. Because of this<br />
situation, the horizontal institutional discrepancy could be reduced, and<br />
corruption could be driven back.<br />
The relationship between corruption, legitimacy and development<br />
during the colonial period can be translated in terms of transaction-costs as<br />
follows. 4 The administrative reforms, introduced by the Dutch state after<br />
the bankruptcy of the United East Indian Company, immediately led to<br />
increased interference by the government in the daily affairs of the local<br />
population. Due to economic reasons, and in order to legitimize themselves<br />
as colonial rulers, the Dutch gradually incorporated the local nobility<br />
into the colonial administration. This process developed in parallel<br />
with the expansion of the European sector of the colonial administration,<br />
generally abbreviated to B.B. (Binnenlands Bestuur, or Home Affairs).<br />
66
During the entire nineteenth century, and in fact until 1950, a horizontal<br />
broadening of government services took place. This was a result of the<br />
increasing administrative tasks, as a consequence of the policy ‘to uplift’<br />
or develop the indigenous population: the political legitimacy for the colony,<br />
following the introduction of the Ethical Policy in 1902 or, in terms<br />
of Van Doorn, as a result of the ‘colonial development project’ (1994). At<br />
the same time, a further deepening of governmental interventions took<br />
place at the local level. In the long run this involvement was so<br />
far-reaching that Furnivall commented in the thirties ‘...even to breathe the<br />
villager needs a permit’. Talk about transaction-costs!<br />
Until 1945 the indigenous rulers were known as Pangreh Pradja, P.P.,<br />
which means ‘Ruler of the Kingdom’. Paradoxically, the patrimonial features<br />
of the Pangreh Pradja, including corruption, were to a large extent<br />
tolerated by the B.B., the Dutch rulers. As stated, the colonial authority<br />
was largely based on the notion of the authority of the indigenous rulers<br />
over the population. But in addition, by behaving tolerantly towards the<br />
P.P., the Dutch rulers were able to portrait themselves as morally superior:<br />
by operating ‘cleanly’ themselves the Dutch claimed legitimacy for their<br />
own position. Furthermore, this behaviour showed that, for the time being,<br />
the ‘older brother’, the B.B, had an educational task towards the P.P., their<br />
‘younger brother’. In this way, the colonial state shifted the claim of legitimacy<br />
to the future.<br />
In fact, Furnivall’s observation of the corruption-free administration<br />
mainly refers to the B.B. To support this observation Wertheim states that<br />
if corruption had occurred on a large scale the nationalist movement<br />
would undoubtedly have exploited this topic in their campaigns (1964,<br />
p.120). However, this has never happened. On the contrary, the norm<br />
regarding a corruption-free administration was considered as an ‘own<br />
value’ by the nationalists that they strived for after independence, with a<br />
republic as the form of government. In this republic there was no place for<br />
the feudal nobility.<br />
The mechanisms to establish a ‘clean administration’ within the B.B.<br />
developed in different ways. Over the years a strong esprit de corps developed.<br />
Despite the enormous increase in tasks and additional<br />
responsibilities the corps stayed very small. In 1942, at the time of the<br />
Japanese invasion, the total number of B.B. officials was no more than<br />
700, ruling over a population of 40 million. This encouraged internal<br />
social control: they felt themselves as a ‘Gang of Gideon’. Especially after<br />
the introduction of the Ethical Policy, the ‘spirit of Multatuli’ was gener-<br />
67
ally accepted as the norm for administrative behaviour in relation to corruption.<br />
The moral superiority of the B.B. was considered as one of the<br />
cornerstones of the colonial authority. Of course, the traditional instruments<br />
of power were also used, such as an army, a police-force and moreover<br />
an extensive network of espionage services in order to trace any<br />
opposition.<br />
The moral superiority also emerged in situations of conflicting interests<br />
within the native population itself. As mentioned before, such conflicts<br />
form the source of corruption. Unlike the local civil servants, P.P.,<br />
who had conflicts of loyalty between their ‘own’ community and the public<br />
interest of the colonial government; the Dutch authorities could take a<br />
much more neutral position, being strangers in the Indies. This has contributed<br />
strongly to the continuing image of integrity of the Dutch administration.<br />
From 1942 until the end of the sixties - the years of Japanese<br />
occupation, of the struggle for independence, and of political instability<br />
and unrest - the (administrative) norms and values were undermined and<br />
had to be reformulated. Following these years the Dutch period is commonly<br />
referred to as: zaman normal, the normal period in which order,<br />
peace, and especially legal security (albeit within the colonial power relations)<br />
were matter of fact. The administrative actions of the present<br />
officials of the Republic of Indonesia are still compared with the Western<br />
version of administration. This is apparent from the references to former<br />
norms, which are still formally valid, made by the older generation relative<br />
to present-day practices. This leads to a perceived horizontal institutional<br />
discrepancy in Indonesia, in which the norm with respect to corruption<br />
strongly differs from the real situation. This situation is a result of<br />
the institutional reorientation which is inherent in the dramatic developments<br />
since 1942 and subsequently from 1965, as a result of the renewed<br />
revival of a bureaucracy with strong patrimonial characteristics under the<br />
rule of General Suharto.<br />
Relative to the Dutch community in the colony, which was mainly<br />
employed in the economic sector, the B.B. has behaved substantially less<br />
‘clean’ over a long period. Wertheim points out two interesting developments,<br />
which are still relevant to an analysis of the problems in present<br />
Indonesia. The first development concerns the relationships of individual<br />
civil servants. To ensure ‘favourable behaviour’ of the civil servants in the<br />
implementation of administrative measures a sophisticated institution has<br />
been developed; the auction (1964, p.118). After a civil servant had fulfilled<br />
his tasks in a certain post - for a relatively short period of approxi-<br />
68
mately four years to prevent the possibility of too ‘close’ a relationship<br />
between the civil servant and local interest groups - he had to sell his<br />
property due to the forced move. Behaviour in ‘favour’ of the business<br />
community was rewarded by them offering exorbitantly large amounts of<br />
money for his property at auction. The civil servant knew that if he had<br />
acted less favourably he would receive lower prices at the auction. This<br />
led to debts when he had to settle while at his new post. This auction was<br />
so well embedded within the colonial system that it can be called an institution.<br />
The businessman, or trader, did not have to try to influence the<br />
civil servant by bribery over each separate transaction; his behaviour was<br />
already influenced. The civil servant had to be very sure of his ground to<br />
be able to resist this pressure. In addition, the auction were not considered<br />
as corruption, despite the large amounts of money, but rather as a relic<br />
dating from the patrimonial bureaucratic period in which transport facilities<br />
regarding transfers were still very limited. In this way the image of<br />
integrity, and therefore also the legitimacy of the colonial authority, could<br />
be underlined. In addition, a ‘favourable attitude’ with respect to the interests<br />
of the (foreign) capital could guarantee economic growth, the ultimate<br />
rationale for having a colony. In Indonesia today the technical constraints<br />
with regard to transfers do not apply and the institution officially no<br />
longer exists. However, the ‘reward’ for a favourable attitude, based on<br />
patrimonial principles, is still used without being directly associated with<br />
corruption. The reward is considered as an expression of affection rather<br />
than an attempt at bribery, as long as the reward is kept within reasonable<br />
(according local standards) limits.<br />
The second development Wertheim describes concerns the progress in<br />
technology, and as a result the smoother communication facilities, which<br />
made it less important for the wealthy (potential) investors, businessmen<br />
and traders to do ‘business’ with civil servants at the local level (1964,<br />
p.122). The decisions of real importance were made in The Hague and<br />
Batavia and through improved communication and control (= transactioncosts<br />
within the principal-agent model) these were executed grosso modo<br />
in conformity with that decision-making. Since the turn of the century<br />
economic lobbying were more and more used in order to influence the<br />
political process of decision-making in a direction that was structurally<br />
favourable. By influencing the legislation to their advantage, individual<br />
civil servants had no longer to be bribed. 5 Moreover, in this way the colonial<br />
government could legitimize itself (politically and economically) in<br />
the eyes of the investors, still the politically and economically most im-<br />
69
portant group within the colonial state, despite all the Ethical Policy rhetoric.<br />
Especially the provision of a favourable infrastructure for the<br />
European business sector, favourable monetary and fiscal policies and<br />
above all the maintenance of labour order were matters with which a colonial<br />
government could legitimize itself with respect to European<br />
investors and businessmen.<br />
2. Independence: the period of President Sukarno (1945-1965)<br />
After the Japanese occupation, which lasted more than three years, the<br />
political balance of power had changed considerably. The legitimacy of<br />
colonial authority was rejected with the Proclamation of Independence on<br />
the 17th of August, 1945. In the regions where the republic had had direct<br />
influence during the struggle for independence, the feudal Pangreh Pradja<br />
(P.P.) immediately changed its attitude and henceforth sympathised with<br />
the nationalist cause. This shift was also expressed in a change of name,<br />
from 1945 civil servants called themselves Pamong Pradja, ‘servant of the<br />
state’. This shift was largely a result of the struggle for independence that<br />
was still continuing at that time. The political battle was strongly<br />
characterised by revolutionary social features in its initial phase. Moreover,<br />
and possibly even more importantly, during the first few years after independence,<br />
a practically empty Treasury forced the civil servants to turn<br />
from Pangreh (ruler) to Pamong (servant). They had almost entirely to<br />
rely on the voluntary participation of the local population, not only with<br />
regard to the execution of government tasks aimed at development such as<br />
education and health care, but also with regard to the construction and<br />
maintenance of infrastructure such as bridges and roads (Fagg, 1958). In<br />
other words civil servants, especially those who had a ‘colonial record’,<br />
could only gain political legitimacy if they really behaved as a civil servant.<br />
Corrupt behaviour is of course not compatible with this attitude of<br />
pamong, or servitude.<br />
However, this period did not last long. The influence of the numerous<br />
political parties on the behaviour of the civil servants, including their<br />
attitudes towards corruption, was soon noticeable, at the national level and<br />
at the regional and local levels. After the Dutch recognition of sovereignty<br />
on the 27th December 1949, the republic tried to build up a parliamentary<br />
democratic system based on a new preliminary constitution established in<br />
1950. This period is generally described as the ‘Liberal Democratic Ex-<br />
70
periment’, implying that it failed. Within nine years no fewer than seventeen<br />
cabinets were formed which, eventually, led to the loss of legitimacy<br />
of this political system in 1959. In July 1959, Sukarno re-introduced the<br />
constitution of 1945 which gave him much broader competencies. He<br />
side-tracked the parliament and introduced his ‘Guided Democracy’, referring<br />
to it as a political system in which the ‘national character’ of Indonesia,<br />
with values such as solidarity, consensus and harmony, could<br />
flourish. Economic growth per se had a low priority.<br />
The political parties were very active until 1965, but not in order to<br />
legitimize themselves with the population. They merely aimed at gaining<br />
power and influence for their own constituencies within the power structure<br />
of the state, which was, subsequently, ‘squeezed dry’. This meant,<br />
among other things, that during the period of the Liberal Democratic Experiment<br />
a newly appointed minister would recruit his own followers as<br />
civil servants with each change of cabinet. However, the legislation did<br />
not allow the standing civil servants to be replaced. This resulted in what<br />
Hans-Dieter Evers called so precisely a ‘run-away bureaucracy’ (1987).<br />
This development caused enormous transaction-costs, without any improvement<br />
in the quality of the execution of tasks. On the contrary, government<br />
action was characterised by a high degree of incompetence and<br />
administrative weakness. The downward economic spiral (low productivity<br />
- inflation - too low wages - corruption) eventually led to complete economic<br />
bankruptcy of the Guided Democracy in the mid-sixties. This bankruptcy<br />
lead to a coup which turned out to be the trigger for a social drama<br />
in which more than 500,000 people were killed. It also marked the end of<br />
the political legitimacy of the Sukarno period which was scornfully called<br />
the ‘Old Order’ after 1965. From that time onwards the new administration<br />
called itself the ‘New Order’, seeking its legitimacy in a successful<br />
economy, or to put it in the terms of the modernisation theory, in developmentalism.<br />
In the fifties the distinction between ‘small’ and ‘large’ corruption<br />
was introduced in Indonesia. This distinction is essential in relation to<br />
legitimacy. The former indicates that in order to survive the civil servants<br />
had rather been forced to act corruptly. 6 This did not affect the political<br />
legitimacy of the regime. Hence, small corruption was a necessary result<br />
rather than a cause of the eventual disappearance of the economic legitimacy.<br />
One of the usual ways to make use of small corruption was to<br />
exploit the discretion of the civil servants effectively. The outstanding<br />
technique was to delay the promulgation of an administrative measure for<br />
71
as long as possible after a law, or legislation, had been enacted. In this<br />
way the responsible civil servant gained the legitimate competence to act<br />
‘at his own discretion’, orbijaksana. Bijaksana literally means ‘wisdom’,<br />
but because of the conduct of the civil servants it developed the meaning<br />
of ‘arbitrariness’. This phenomenon strongly resembles one of the characteristics<br />
of Riggs’ Sala model of a bureaucracy, being ‘formalism’: ‘...the<br />
laws...are one thing, the actual behaviour of the official is another ... What<br />
permits formalism is the lack of pressure toward programme objectives,<br />
the weakness of social power as a guide to bureaucratic performance, and<br />
hence great permissiveness for arbitrary administration’ (1970, p.214).<br />
Such arbitrariness directly harms the legal dimension of legitimacy as has<br />
been pointed out in chapter 1 of this volume by Bakker.<br />
‘Large’ corruption, on the other hand, is directly related to economic<br />
decline, and therefore to the political legitimacy of the regime. During the<br />
fifties, the Founding Fathers of the republic had a strong nationalistic<br />
economic development strategy in mind as they tried to give direction to<br />
their newly acquired political independence. This strategy was based on<br />
socialist principles. In practice this strategy was an attempt to create a<br />
class of indigenous (pribumi) entrepreneurs. In this way they hoped to<br />
decrease the persistent economic dependence on other countries. During<br />
the Round Table Conference of 1949 the Dutch had been able to stipulate<br />
that their enterprises, including Unilever and Shell, could continue to<br />
operate unhindered and so keep the largest part of their profits. Because of<br />
this situation the young republic was lacking the revenues necessary to<br />
gain a social-economic legitimacy with its own population. In addition the<br />
economic dependence on Chinese traders, discriminatorily termed<br />
non-pribumi, non-natives, was considered unfavourable. The political<br />
loyalty of this community, which mostly had dual nationality (Indonesian,<br />
and either the nationality of the communist People’s Republic or of Taiwan),<br />
was seriously doubted.<br />
To strengthen the position of the pribumi employers with respect to<br />
the Chinese, the government granted them licences. In practice, however,<br />
it were not the employers who got the licences but politicians and officials.<br />
They resold the licences, often to the Chinese. This profit seeking<br />
behaviour through the resale of licences did not reinforce the position of<br />
the pribumi employers. The second administrative measure to strengthen<br />
indigenous entrepreneurship, against foreign competitors in the market,<br />
also failed. The intended protectionist policy of import-substitution led, as<br />
elsewhere, to a ‘high-cost economy’ which can be seen as the most im-<br />
72
portant cause of the increasing inflation. This inflationary process had, of<br />
course, a negative impact on the economic position of the many minor<br />
officials who tried to survive by way of small corruption.<br />
For an analysis of the relationship between corruption and legitimacy<br />
during the New Order at least two developments from the Sukarno-period<br />
have to be mentioned. Firstly, the military started to play a role in the<br />
economic field as a consequence of regional warlordism, in reaction to the<br />
enormous extravagance of politicians at the national centre, Jakarta, and as<br />
a result of the nationalisation of foreign businesses as a part of Sukarno’s<br />
campaign to integrate West-New Guinea/Irian Jaya into the republic.<br />
This last development gave the military commanders, and their divisions,<br />
control over the nationalised enterprises. In many cases this control<br />
was an important reason for warlords to conform with the central army<br />
command in Jakarta. Whatever role the military took for themselves, being<br />
that of warlord or that of new manager of the nationalised firms, they<br />
made working contracts with the Chinese managers who took care of daily<br />
management. Such a symbiosis between the military and the Chinese,<br />
called cukong in this situation, is still characteristic of the relationships<br />
within the economic sector during the New Order. This symbiosis is the<br />
basis of the political economic power of the present president, Suharto. 7<br />
The legitimacy for this far-reaching involvement in social and economic<br />
development is claimed by the military by virtue of their role during<br />
the struggle for independence and the subsequent violent separation<br />
movements through which the unitary state is preserved. This claim is<br />
called the ‘double function’ (dwi-fungsi) and offers the military the potential<br />
to have political-social functions in addition to their regular army<br />
tasks. With these leading functions in the administration and the economy,<br />
in close co-operation with Chinese businessmen, the military can form<br />
their own business interests almost entirely outside the official government,<br />
both at the national and regional level. The magnitude of this form<br />
of corruption cannot be calculated, only guessed at.<br />
With regard to the various dimensions of legitimacy, as discussed in<br />
chapter 1, and their relationship to corruption the army has to be dealt<br />
with as a distinct actor within the New Order. Although the army operates<br />
within the government, it can clearly be distinguished from the civil servants.<br />
More than in any other government organization, the closed nature<br />
of military organizations forms a fertile breeding ground for corruption if<br />
there is no political control over their exercise of power. This regularly<br />
73
occurred during the New Order and is related to a second important development<br />
which had started under Sukarno.<br />
After President Sukarno dissolved Parliament in July 1959, he gradually<br />
drew more power towards himself. However, he did have to take the<br />
army into account, which had developed more and more into a state within<br />
the state. In order to counter the army as much as possible Sukarno, being<br />
a populist himself, tried to mobilise the population directly. In this effort<br />
he was supported by various undercover organizations of the PKI, the<br />
communist party, which was able to fully flourish with the silent approval<br />
of Sukarno under the Guided Democracy. In the previous years the PKI<br />
had had no governmental responsibilities and was therefore not identified<br />
with the failure of parliamentary democracy. Moreover, the PKI had kept<br />
aloof from the practices of corruption, which had given them many adherents<br />
among the population. Indeed, so many supported the PKI that it<br />
dared to manifest itself publicly as being an alternative government in the<br />
period after the death of Sukarno. Sukarno had proclaimed himself president<br />
for life in 1963, even though he was already weak and ill.<br />
The coup attempt of 1965, which was organized partly as a result of<br />
the speculation about Sukarno’s health, had another outcome however. The<br />
army turned out to be the winner. The PKI was blamed for the coup and<br />
anyone and everything that could be associated with the PKI was either<br />
physically destroyed or effectively silenced. However, the role of the other<br />
political parties was also restrained by the army. Civil servants, including<br />
military personnel in many key administrative positions, were placed within<br />
a new political organization, the GOLKAR, which became de facto the<br />
government party of Suharto. In order to obtain a pseudo-political legitimacy,<br />
especially in relation to the international donor community, two<br />
other political parties were allowed. However, in the course of successive<br />
years the army has succeeded if not in breaking, then at least in effectively<br />
keeping control on the power of all other political and social organizations.<br />
The judiciary also became a de facto subordinate of the politicaleconomic<br />
ruling elite under Suharto. The constitution of 1945 has an<br />
integratistic character, meaning that there is no strict separation between<br />
the executive power, the legislature and the controlling power. This was<br />
constructed purposefully as this would better meet the ‘national character’<br />
of the Indonesian society according to Supomo, the main architect of this<br />
constitution. However, by 1950 he had already reconsidered, but his<br />
change of opinion is disregarded by the present ruling elite since it does<br />
74
not meet their needs. The original view of Supomo is nowadays sacrosanct.<br />
According to the constitution of 1945 the Majelis Permusjawaratan<br />
Rakyat (MPR), the People’s Council for Consultation, is the highest<br />
governmental institute, but its 1000 members only meet for two weeks<br />
every five years. Its main functions are to approve the Broad Guidelines<br />
for National Development and to appoint the president and vice-president.<br />
Under the authority of the MPR there are five supreme state bodies,<br />
formally all with equal authority. Hence, the Mahkamah Agung, the<br />
supreme legal institute, and the Dewan Perwakilan Rakyat (DPR), the<br />
People’s Representative, consisting of 500 members, of whom 400 are<br />
elected during the pseudo-democratic national elections held every five<br />
years, formally have equal authority to the presidency. However, since the<br />
president acts as Mandatory during the five years between the MPR meetings,<br />
by his office he represents all competencies held by the MPR and<br />
thus, de facto, he acts as the highest authority. Moreover, constitutionally<br />
the president is also the supreme commander of the armed forces. So,<br />
without an independent parliament as counterbalance, the president has, in<br />
practice, virtually absolute power over all state agencies during the five<br />
years in which he acts as Mandatory. Only at the end of his term has he to<br />
render an account to the MPR. 50% of the members of the MPR are from<br />
the DPR, the semi-elected representatives of the people, and the other 50%<br />
are appointed through regional councils.<br />
In the early seventies Suharto introduced a procedural alteration with<br />
the result that the members of the MPR to whom he has to render account,<br />
are not the same as those members who appointed him at the preceding<br />
meeting. Both MPR and DPR members are fully controlled by the majority<br />
party, GOLKAR, and are first carefully screened by the president himself<br />
in order to guarantee their loyalty. The president, therefore, does not<br />
have to fear the ‘verdict’ of the MPR. An exception is the military faction.<br />
This fraction within the MPR and DPR has a distinct constitutional status.<br />
Members of the armed forces do not have the right to vote in order to<br />
avoid party-political influences harming the unity of the state. However, to<br />
compensate for this loss of civil rights, the army does have 75 permanent<br />
representatives in the DPR and twice as many in the MPR.<br />
This raises the theoretical possibility of the army, together with the<br />
two pseudo-parties, to counter balance the government party, GOLKAR,<br />
over certain themes. In the practice of the New Order, however, this<br />
‘scope for policy-making’ has hardly any meaning because the GOLKAR<br />
is in a two-thirds majority position. However during DPR hearings, or an<br />
75
MPR session, this ‘exclusive’ position of the Army fraction can play an<br />
important role since the New Order, as with Sukarno’s Guided Democracy,<br />
strongly adheres to the values of consensus and solidarity. A dissident<br />
opinion within the MPR is in itself a serious defamation of the political<br />
legitimacy of the president according to the standards of the New Order,<br />
even though it does not form a direct threat to the majority position of the<br />
GOLKAR.<br />
Because of the constitutional authority of the president and the<br />
‘streamlined’ party-political structure, which make it possible for him to<br />
check the decisions of the DPR completely, the president effectively controls<br />
the judiciary. The legislation, developed during the New Order, is in<br />
the first instance aimed at the protection of the interests of the ruling<br />
political-economic elite. In addition, administrative practice shows that the<br />
president, if he thinks it is necessary, can disregard the existing legal<br />
procedures using a presidential decree (KepPres). Such ‘bypassing’ of the<br />
recognised hierarchy in legislation encounters, of course, resistance from<br />
those functionaries within the government who see their competencies<br />
infringed. However, they can do no more than complain, or at most practise<br />
concealed resistance, because of their political dependence within the<br />
administrative system. It is not legal legitimacy, as described in chapter 1<br />
by Bakker. Nevertheless, the New Order does claim this legitimacy on the<br />
basis of self-established one-sided legal procedures.<br />
Thus in considering corruption during the New Order, we are neither<br />
dealing with party politicians, as distinct actors, in the relationships between<br />
bureaucracy and the economic sector, nor with an independent<br />
judiciary, unlike for example with India or the Philippines. The (foreign)<br />
economic actors can only deal with civil servants and military functionaries<br />
when they want favours. An analysis focused on the relationship between<br />
corruption and legitimacy in the New Order, must take into account<br />
the political-economic system of the New Order.<br />
3. <strong>Corruption</strong> and legitimacy during the period of Suharto: 1965<br />
until the present<br />
In this paragraph four examples from this period will be discussed which<br />
focus on the relationship between corruption and legitimacy.<br />
76
(1) Firstly, the nationalist industrial policy of Ibnu Sutowo, in<br />
particular the case of the Pertamina affair in 1975, concerning a foreign<br />
debt of more than US$ 10 billion.<br />
(2) Secondly, the nationalistic industrial policy that is pursued<br />
by the present minister of technology and research, Habibie: to achieve a<br />
High-Tech society within a period of 25 years. He has marked the economic<br />
development to such an extent that we can speak of Habibie-nomics.<br />
This industrial policy, in fact, concerns the political legitimacy of the New<br />
Order under Suharto. This legitimacy, however, is seriously weakened by<br />
the enormous corruption affairs which run into hundreds of millions of<br />
US$. The very fact that these affairs reached court in 1994 - albeit they<br />
soon got stranded there - can be considered as a new development in<br />
undermining the political-economic legitimacy of Suharto/Habibie by the<br />
legal legitimacy.<br />
(3) The third example, the anti-corruption campaign Opstib<br />
from 1977/’78, however, shows that the New Order succeeded in shoring<br />
up the political and economic dimensions of its legitimacy, which were<br />
seriously endangered after the Pertamina corruption affair in 1975.<br />
(4) The fourth example focuses on the policy instrument of<br />
Public-Private-Partnership which is promulgated by the Worldbank and the<br />
IMF within the scope of its structural adjustment programmes (SAPs), for<br />
example for the infrastructural development of cities. This case deals with<br />
corruption and legitimacy within the principal-agent model.<br />
3.1 The Pertamina Case: 1975<br />
At the end of the fifties the symbiosis between the military and the Chinese<br />
cukongs began. This symbiosis formed the economic basis on which<br />
General Suharto could consolidate his political-economic power and subsequently<br />
expand it, especially through his family, after the coup of 1965/-<br />
’67. In accordance with the Central-Javanese patrimonial court custom, his<br />
wife, Ibu Tien Suharto, went ‘into business’. As a result she was soon<br />
called ‘Ibu Tien Prosen’ (‘ten percent’), referring to the amount of money<br />
that was ‘reamed off’. At present the First Lady is nicknamed ‘Ibu Fiftyfifty’<br />
indicating that her ‘share’ has increased significantly.<br />
In the centralist development model, which was supported financially<br />
by the West, economic recovery was systematically tackled. The state<br />
selected those sectors that were considered crucial to the desired rapid<br />
economic growth. From the beginning, self-provision in rice production<br />
77
formed the central point. This meant that the state took care of the repair<br />
of the irrigation infrastructure, the production and distribution of pesticides<br />
and insecticides, and of the distribution of rice through a state enterprise,<br />
BULOG. The presidential family soon developed business interests in such<br />
enterprises, including the cement and petro-chemical industries and the<br />
state enterprise, BULOG, in charge of the agricultural credits and the<br />
purchase and sale of rice. These companies had monopoly positions or had<br />
licences issued by the state. The billions of Rupiahs (at that time the exchange-rate<br />
was about Rp. 300 to DFl. 1), circulating within this sector,<br />
formed an easy source of income which could be ‘tapped’. This gave the<br />
First Family the opportunity to build up their own business empire before<br />
others could do the same. In this way they had an enormous economic<br />
headstart.<br />
In the initial period, when Suharto was not yet able to consolidate his<br />
position as firmly as at present, he had to allow other generals to ‘tap’<br />
other sectors of the economy. In this way the former military doctor, and<br />
in the meantime general and director of the state oil company Pertamina,<br />
Ibnu Sutowo, gained enormous economic power and influence when in<br />
1973 Indonesia, as a member of OPEC, could fully profit from the leaping<br />
oil-prices. The oil company Pertamina became a state within a state. The<br />
national bureau for planning and development and the department of<br />
finances had no information (hence, no means of control) in order to exert<br />
any influence on the management, or on the allocation of the revenues.<br />
During the first turbulent years after the coup, Ibnu Sutowo, as the director<br />
of Pertamina, financially supported General Suharto and his group of<br />
officers. This had enabled Suharto to consolidate his political power<br />
quicker. In return Ibnu Sutowo was permitted to allocate the oil revenues<br />
to a large extent in line with his own views.<br />
In retrospect, these views turned out to match closely Suharto’s own<br />
views of a nationalistic industry based on protectionism and import-substitution.<br />
Retrospectively, because, initially it seemed that Suharto<br />
allowed the planners of the Worldbank to dictate completely the direction<br />
of economic development during the first Five-Year-Plan (1969/’74).<br />
These planners worked closely together with Indonesian technocrats who<br />
had been educated in the West. It was clear to them that, after the necessary<br />
recovery of the infrastructure, the Indonesian economy had to be<br />
‘linked’ to the world economy, based on an effective application of comparative<br />
advantages, such as abundant natural riches and cheap labour.<br />
Essentially this implied that exports had to be stimulated and not the<br />
78
everse, i.e. creating a national industry by means of protectionism. Concerning<br />
this export-oriented strategy, the Western donors formed the Inter-<br />
Governmental Group on Indonesia (IGGI). The IGGI was willing to contribute<br />
several billions of dollars per year in (soft) loans.<br />
From October 1973, however, oil revenues provided the unexpected<br />
opportunity to pursue a parallel economic policy which could be implemented<br />
beyond the influence and control of the Western donors (IGGI).<br />
Ibnu Sutowo, it transpired, was very much aware of the fact that Indonesia’s<br />
economy would continue to be dependent on Western industry if<br />
the New Order only followed the development model of the Worldbank.<br />
In congruence with the Centre-Periphery theory of Johan Galtung (1971)<br />
he aimed at breaking this dependency through the development of an<br />
economic base for a national industry built up on the oil revenues. On an<br />
almost unlimited scale he was able to get credits from the international<br />
private financial markets using oil as a guarantee. These credits were<br />
intended for a simultaneous multi-sectoral development of the economy:<br />
from steel production and the petro-chemistry industry, to the infrastructure<br />
for tourism (including hotels and golf-courses) to bring in the<br />
necessary foreign currency. Ibnu Sutowo hoped to put an end to the economic<br />
dependency ‘in one hit’ so to speak. However, in all the different<br />
branches of industry he appointed persons, not so much on the basis of<br />
their quality but because of their loyalty to Ibnu Sutowo himself, through<br />
the system of nepotism. This resulted in very low efficiency and the difference<br />
between the dead-weight price and the transfer price to be very<br />
large. In terms of transaction costs it can be stated that these large losses<br />
were among the main reasons why Ibnu Sutowo (and therefore, indirectly,<br />
also President Suharto) did not succeed in building up a national industry<br />
at that time. These wastes were the result of the nepotism, which caused<br />
mismanagement and the disappearance of much money into private<br />
pockets.<br />
As long as oil prices were increasing this waste could be camouflaged,<br />
even though Ibnu Sutowo had to resort increasingly to short term<br />
loans (three to six months) in order to meet his repayment obligations. In<br />
this way he got trapped in a vicious circle, for the short term loans were<br />
only available at a very high rate. In mid-1975 a small private bank in<br />
Houston had problems with the repayments on such a short term loan. An<br />
international investigation was set up into the solvency of Pertamina. This<br />
showed that the company had built up a debt of about US$ 10 billion in<br />
just a few years. This nearly as much as the total official debt that the<br />
79
Indonesian government had received from the IGGI between 1967 to<br />
1975.<br />
The political-economic legitimacy of the New Order vis-à-vis the<br />
international donor community (including the IGGI and the Worldbank)<br />
was in danger. The Suharto government however immediately guaranteed<br />
the increased debts. In this way Suharto managed to keep his political<br />
legitimacy vis-à-vis the IGGI/Worldbank, and this resulted in the continuation<br />
of their - now even more urgent - financial support. The price<br />
Suharto had to pay was an increase in the supervision of the management<br />
of Pertamina, especially of the national planning and development bureau,<br />
BAPPENAS, and of the department of finances, by the technocrats. As a<br />
result, this state-owned enterprise somewhat lost its position of ‘state within<br />
a state’. On one hand the government, in this case the technocrats within<br />
the government, got a larger say over the oil revenues and could use<br />
them to finance the regular development programmes. On the other hand,<br />
the margins in which to develop an independent economic policy by an<br />
very important elite group within the regime were limited, for the time<br />
being.<br />
However, the development of a successful independent national industry<br />
might have resulted in political-economic legitimacy vis-à-vis the<br />
population, many of which shared the nationalist ideas of the elite. The<br />
size of this part of the population is far from negligible. Already during<br />
the colonial period especially the Islamic small traders were oriented<br />
towards economic nationalism. This was not only expressed in their anti-<br />
Dutch attitude, but also in their anti-Chinese (non-pribumi) attitude. However,<br />
because of the loss of the scope for policy making by Ibnu Sutowo,<br />
partly due to the recruitment of weak management through the system of<br />
nepotism, this elite group endangered the entire New Order as a regime (in<br />
the meaning of ‘configuration of dominant elites’). At the time in Indonesia,<br />
this failure of Ibnu Sutowo’s strategy was mainly considered a<br />
result of the international intervention by his financial supporters. These<br />
interventions were considered as intending to keep a Periphery-country (a<br />
developing country such as Indonesia) within the grip of the Centre (the<br />
industrialised countries). From that perspective, it was viewed that the<br />
international (private) financial circuit intended Ibnu Sutowo to fail by<br />
giving him an excessive supply of credits and therefore making mismanagement<br />
inevitable. In addition the ideas of the Dependencia theory<br />
had already penetrated Indonesia .<br />
80
By decreasing the scope for policy making by the elite around Ibnu<br />
Sutowo, through increased control over their revenue, the Suharto government<br />
was able to meet the demands of the international donors. At the<br />
same time Suharto was able to increase his political-economic legitimacy<br />
at the international level. But, as we will see in the third case study,<br />
Suharto had to have stricter supervision over the management of the<br />
government as a whole in order to safeguard his political-economic legitimacy<br />
vis-à-vis his own population. This increase in supervision of the<br />
government can be defined in terms of transaction costs, which are<br />
necessary to develop a more efficient apparatus of government.<br />
3.2 Habibie’s High Tech society<br />
After several months General Sutowo was replaced, albeit by another<br />
general due to pressure from the military, who still considered this state<br />
enterprise as their ‘milk cow’. Due to the increasing oil prices, the debts<br />
were soon paid off, and the leverage of the IGGI/Worldbank to put<br />
Pertamina under more control by the department of finances became less<br />
effective. It was the end of the eighties before a civilian could fulfil the<br />
function of president-director of this state enterprise. In 1985/’86 oil prices<br />
reduced dramatically and the IGGI/Worldbank were able to increase pressure<br />
on the Suharto government again, forcing the New Order to implement<br />
imposed structural adjustment programmes (SAPs). Until then, however,<br />
Pertamina had continued to be the main ‘supplier’, financing the military<br />
and industrial apparatus beyond the state budget. From 1978 onwards, the<br />
young, brilliant engineer Habibie was given a free-hand in developing his<br />
nationalistic industrialisation strategy. His strategy was aimed at mastering<br />
High Technology (such as telecommunications and aircraft construction)<br />
by the Indonesian industry itself. He could pursue this strategy with the<br />
full consent of the president. Apparently, the ‘surrender’ to the international<br />
donor community in 1975, bringing Pertamina more under the<br />
supervision of the technocrats, did not prevent Suharto from pushing the<br />
development of industrialisation based on nationalistic ideals. However,<br />
Habibie’s policy was not similar to Ibnu Sutowo’s strategy, based on<br />
rapidly catching up with the technology of the Centre by buying it rather<br />
than mastering it. Habibie’s strategy is based on the concept of competitive<br />
advantages, meaning the optimal use of human resources, especially qualitatively,<br />
alongside natural resources. According to Habibie, Indonesia<br />
81
could develop its own technology by the year 2020, making it an industrial<br />
power in the Pacific region. 8<br />
As long as human resources were not optimally developed, extra<br />
financial means had to be deployed to give Habibie’s strategy a chance of<br />
succeeding. Braadbaart (1996) calculates that US$ 1 billion, in direct<br />
subsidies annually from the regular treasury for the strategic companies,<br />
directly belongs within the sphere of influence of Habibie: the ten state<br />
owned enterprises under the umbrella of BPIS, an agency for strategic<br />
industries. In Jakarta, however, it is generally taken for granted that<br />
Habibie receives the majority of his financing for BPIS in the form of<br />
‘implicit’ subsidies, such as preferential treatment in the sale of BPIS<br />
products to other public institutions. The amounts of money concerned can<br />
only be guessed at. In the early nineties, observers in Jakarta estimated<br />
that due to this high-cost economy a 35% loss was suffered. In Basu’s<br />
terminology this is 35% dead weight, including corruption. Protectionism,<br />
with monopolies and licences as instruments, provides facilities for corruption.<br />
9 The extent of this corruption, in relation to the industrialisation<br />
policy of Habibie, provokes large resistance within the government bureaucracy,<br />
which suffers under severe economic measures. But besides<br />
that, the corruption forms a sort of ‘leverage’ used by critics, who try to<br />
oppose Habibie’s strategy, in addition to their principal arguments that the<br />
Indonesian economy cannot permit such a strategy.<br />
In order to obtain the necessary financial means to implement<br />
Habibie’s strategy, these means are subtracted from the budgets of other<br />
departments. This was the case in 1994 with US$ 190 million earmarked<br />
for reforestation. With presidential approval this amount was ‘transferred’<br />
to Habibie’s aircraft industry to make his dream come true: to have an aircraft<br />
assembled by Indonesian engineers ‘ready for take off’ on the 17th<br />
of August 1995, fifty years after the Proclamation of Independence. And<br />
indeed, on August 8th 1995, Habibie realized his plan, the first plane,<br />
supposedly fully assembled in Indonesia, took of from Bandung airport, a<br />
ceremony widely covered by the Indonesian media. The vigilant environmental<br />
organization, WALHI, however, was ‘tipped off’ about the financial<br />
transfer which had taken place beyond the authority of the national<br />
planning and development bureau and department of finances, and<br />
protested. The court of administrative affairs, installed in 1985 to curtail<br />
misconduct of officials, accepted the case, but disqualified itself from pursuing<br />
the case after great pressure from ‘the palace’.<br />
82
The attempt to stop the transfer by legal procedure is new within the<br />
New Order. The opposition in Jakarta suggests that this is an intentionally<br />
chosen strategy by the military and the civilians who perceive Habibie’s<br />
strategy as the greatest threat to Indonesia’s future. By having the case<br />
dismissed, Suharto prevented his political-economic legitimacy (Habibie’s<br />
High Tech society) being blocked, but he risked his (inter)national juridical<br />
legitimacy being severely damaged. The attempt by the opposition to<br />
undermine the basis of power of the ruling elite by legal procedure strongly<br />
reminds one of lawsuits conducted in Italy, Spain and more recently in<br />
France. The question arises as to whether such lawsuits are instigated by<br />
the international financial circuit, such as the IMF? If that is the case it<br />
can be said that an attempt is being made to push back corruption through<br />
international (vertical) organizations. The fact that the court of administrative<br />
affairs was installed in 1985 could be connected with the larger<br />
involvement the Worldbank and the IMF in the economic development<br />
during that period, as we shall see in the fourth case.<br />
However, we will go back in time to first describe the way in which<br />
Suharto not only managed the negative effects of the Pertamina failure,<br />
but also managed to use that affair to enlarge his own political-economic<br />
legitimacy vis-à-vis the population.<br />
3.3 The anti-corruption campaign Opstib: 1977/’78<br />
The military-strategist Suharto had acquired a large degree of political<br />
legitimacy in the eyes of the population during the seventies. He had partly<br />
used the financial support of the IGGI/Worldbank and the oil revenues<br />
to build a social infrastructure, such as the building of (village)schools,<br />
(rural) clinics, (village)markets and special credit programmes for farmers.<br />
In addition, the rapid improvement and expansion of the physical infrastructure<br />
led to increased mobility, which in itself boosted economic<br />
growth. This social-economic development resulted in the support of the<br />
New Order by large groups in society, hence, increasing the politicaleconomic<br />
legitimacy of the Suharto-government. Not everybody profited<br />
directly from the economic growth, but most people expected to share in<br />
the general material progress, which manifested itself so profoundly compared<br />
with Sukarno’s period, in the long run.<br />
The implementation of the construction programmes were developed<br />
through the administrative channels under the code-name INPRES,<br />
Instruksi Presiden, underlying the impression that all these ‘good activi-<br />
83
ties’ were financed by the president himself. In this way Suharto succeeded<br />
in gaining personal legitimacy, especially in the eyes of the rural<br />
population. The patrimonial ruler who was not only concerned with the<br />
fate of his people, but was also prepared to pay ‘out of his own purse’, so<br />
that the people did not have the right to judge the use or quality of what<br />
was offered.<br />
The civil servants were still seriously underpaid, a heritage from<br />
Sukarno’s period. The necessity to survive through small corruption was<br />
still present during the New Order. Therefore the temptation to ‘tap’ these<br />
funds for themselves was very large. However, the budgets for the construction<br />
programmes also had an allocation for ‘incentives’. When a<br />
government agency delivered a project within the fixed time, the civil<br />
servants concerned got a bonus as a legitimate extra income. In this way<br />
not only was a certain degree of effectiveness achieved (projects were<br />
usually delivered on time), but also the loyalty of the administrators was<br />
gained by the Suharto-government. This had become even more important<br />
because, in regard to the policy objective of political stability (Huntington,<br />
1968), the old political party structure had been curtailed in such a way<br />
that there was in fact only one dominant political grouping, the GOLKAR<br />
which acts as the government party. All civil servants were obliged to<br />
break their former political memberships and relationships, and to become<br />
members of the GOLKAR on penalty of dismissal. In order to prevent<br />
parts of the government obstructing the implementation of the construction<br />
programmes, the incentives were used as material ties to achieve loyalty.<br />
In our terms, they can be considered as a form of transaction costs for the<br />
effectiveness of the projects. However, it turned out that the budget for<br />
‘incentives’ was open to misinterpretation in practice. Lower official echelons<br />
had to sign for the amounts intended for the projects/programmes in<br />
their administrative districts while percentages of this amount had already<br />
been deducted as ‘incentives’ by higher echelons. By signing for the ‘full’<br />
amount though, collective knowledge of all the authorities involved in the<br />
difference between the official and the received amount of money developed.<br />
This difference had to be camouflaged in practice by various<br />
measures such as the construction of fewer miles of roads, by diluting<br />
asphalt and/or cement, by the construction of schools and clinics with<br />
halfbrick instead of the required wholebrick walls. In practice the system<br />
of incentives, intended to guarantee effectiveness, led to even higher transaction<br />
costs because of the way it was applied: the quality of the performed<br />
services declined to such an extent that the political-economic<br />
84
legitimacy of the Suharto-government was endangered. Because all the<br />
involved people believed that the budget would rise again in the next<br />
budget year (due to the continually rising oil price), no-one really worried<br />
about the arising technological shortcomings. These shortcomings would<br />
be put right in the next year with the extra money. And, even if inspections<br />
were carried out, almost all physical defects could easily be<br />
attributed to the strong activity of the earth’s crust in the archipelago.<br />
In such a system it is almost inevitable that the most ‘daring’ people<br />
consider a larger portion than officially granted to be an ‘incentive’. As<br />
long as this part was used as ‘revenues’ for the own department little<br />
became known. The ranks closed in accordance with the patrimonial<br />
character of the bureaucracy. However, if individual civil servants used<br />
this technique of ‘over-asking’ too much for their own private purposes<br />
the word corruption was used. This resulted in jealousy and informing on<br />
others, which could lead to all sorts of administrative tensions, in turn<br />
hampering the effectiveness of the programme implementation. Here<br />
again, high transaction costs are the result of this system of incentives.<br />
In the years of the oil boom these ‘reaming-off’ practices occurred to<br />
such an extent that ‘large’ corruption also occurred at the regional and the<br />
local levels. Until the oil boom this form of corruption had been restricted<br />
to the national centre. Due to the annually increased budgets for construction,<br />
during the seventies ‘large’ corruption also became visible at the<br />
level of districts and even villages. It was still not a form of corruption<br />
that implied a direct burden on the local population, because money was<br />
received from funds provided by the centre. In that sense the corruption<br />
was not directly perceptible by the population. However, the reliability of<br />
the government, the political-economic legitimacy, was in direct danger,<br />
because of the abundant wealth displayed by many civil servants. These<br />
practices were clear to the population. It was discerned to such a degree<br />
that in the mid-seventies a large majority of farmers refused to pay off<br />
their agricultural credits as a reaction to the corruption of the government.<br />
This amounted to billions of Rupiahs per province (at an exchange rate of<br />
about 600 Rp. to DFL. 1). In the mid-seventies, the Suharto government<br />
could not afford to write off these amounts of money. It still had an international<br />
obligation to pay off as soon as possible the US$ 10 billion debt<br />
resulting from the Pertamina problems. The problem of bad repayments of<br />
loans in regard to agricultural credit programmes existed world-wide,<br />
partly as a result of real incapacity to manage such an administratively<br />
complex programme. The interesting point in this case is that the farmers<br />
85
elated their refusal to pay off their credits to their dislike of the corrupt<br />
behaviour of local civil servants. Following the Opstib campaign the bureaucracy<br />
did succeed in collecting the outstanding debts in a relatively<br />
short period of time.<br />
If the outstanding debts of the farmers could not be collected it presumably<br />
implied the end of the recently started construction of social<br />
infrastructure and with it, the end of the extra income for the civil servants.<br />
This would seriously interfere with the internal political legitimacy<br />
of the Suharto government. However, with one stroke of genius, Suharto<br />
managed to collect the outstanding debts and halt temporarily the increasing<br />
regional and local practices of corruption with regard to the construction<br />
programmes. In this way, he regained a political-economic legitimacy<br />
both at the international and the national level. This anti-corruption campaign<br />
is known in Indonesia as OPSTIB, Operasi Tertib, the operation of<br />
orderliness. The organization and execution of this Opstib campaign has<br />
been described extensively (Schulte Nordholt, 1977, 1981), but it can now<br />
be further analyzed in terms of transaction costs in relation to legitimacy.<br />
The Opstib campaign was started in July 1977, with much publicity,<br />
two months after the national elections. In the months prior to the elections,<br />
it had become clear to the government that criticism among the<br />
population was widely spread and deeply rooted. The elections were won,<br />
with more than 65% of the votes for GOLKAR, but this was partly due to<br />
a lack of a real alternative, and partly due to the use of intimidation where<br />
this was deemed necessary. However, the perceived discontent among the<br />
population gave every reason for the internal opposition against the<br />
reappointment of Suharto to dispute his ambitions. According to existing<br />
legislation he had to be reappointed in March 1978 by the highest body,<br />
the MPR, the people’s consultative council. The MPR only comes together<br />
once every five years and gathers for two weeks in closed sessions. On the<br />
basis of the norms of consensus and unity, which had also been declared<br />
to be of the highest value in the New Order by Suharto, it was very important<br />
with regard to his national political legitimacy for him to be<br />
reappointed unanimously for a third term in May 1978.<br />
To counter the internal opposition Suharto had to make a dramatic<br />
gesture of goodwill. He charged his loyal aide, Admiral Sudomo, the head<br />
of the security and intelligence agency, with starting an anti-corruption<br />
campaign. Such campaigns had been launched regularly in the fifties but<br />
never with any noticeable effect. Sudomo admitted this, but claimed that it<br />
would be different this time. He unfolded his strategy, which had both a<br />
86
short-term and a long-term goal. In the short-term he hoped to gain the<br />
co-operation of the population by way of a ‘shock-therapy’ in which notorious<br />
corrupt civil servants would be punished in public through several<br />
sensational trials. In this way Sudomo hoped not only to obtain the necessary<br />
relevant information about corrupt practices by officials, but also to<br />
regain trust in Suharto’s leadership. In the long-term, 10 to 20 years according<br />
to Sudomo, he hoped to have ‘cleansed’ the bureaucracy by creating<br />
effective internal control procedures.<br />
The public could send information anonymously to a specially created<br />
‘post-box’, at national, regional and local levels. This ‘post-box’ was<br />
given the task of being a sort of ombudsman. At every administrative<br />
level, a commission, in which the appropriate military commander was<br />
chairman, dealt with the anonymous information. This commission firstly<br />
investigated the grounds for the complaint internally. Subsequently, ‘the<br />
case’ - still without revealing the identity of the complainer - could be<br />
sent on to the department of the civil servant, so that eventually disciplinary<br />
or even punitive measures could be taken. Some cases were, however,<br />
directly sent to the court. These cases purposely received a lot of publicity<br />
in order to focus the people’s attention on this Opstib campaign. One case,<br />
in which a district-head was involved, was directly aimed at regaining<br />
trust in the president. The military official involved was actually a relative<br />
of the president’s wife. By dismissing him, the president demonstrated his<br />
personal integrity: the president was averse to nepotism. But the case had<br />
more interesting facets. The corruption concerned thousands of farmers<br />
who had been injured by public misconduct after the obligatory planting<br />
of sugar cane. By accepting their legitimate complaints, the authorities<br />
hoped to collect on their own claims for outstanding debts for agricultural<br />
credits among those farmers. Because the whole campaign was conducted<br />
by the security forces, soldiers could be used to enforce the claim for<br />
repayment.<br />
The closed nature of the campaign (only selective publicity was<br />
allowed or was consciously encouraged) led to the situation where many<br />
internal conflicts, which were not directly related to corruption, were<br />
raised in an anonymous way. This resulted in an enormous increase in the<br />
mutual distrust within the government services, which had a paralysing<br />
effect on the execution of tasks. This development was not without political<br />
danger. Charges could now be brought against anyone on the basis of<br />
‘anonymous information’ through the ‘post-box’. In addition, the exposure<br />
of too many cases of corruption could harm the political legitimacy of the<br />
87
New Order, although this campaign was intended to increase the political<br />
legitimacy. The security service saw to it that the publicity surrounding the<br />
Opstib campaign was dosed ‘correctly’ and was mainly used to drive back<br />
the opposition to Suharto’s policy within the apparatus of government. In<br />
this way Suharto increased the effectiveness of the implementation of<br />
programmes through his right-hand man, Admiral Sudomo, because virtually<br />
no official dared risk being accused of ‘obstruction’ if the goals of<br />
the programmes were not achieved. In addition, Suharto managed to consolidate<br />
his position of authority within GOLKAR, which is the only important<br />
political organization alongside the army. Because the Opstib<br />
structure was restricted to internal procedures of control, the long-term<br />
objective of a ‘clean bureaucracy’ was not achieved.<br />
The short-term objective was achieved in the sense that Suharto was<br />
re-appointed in March 1978 by acclamation. In this way he succeeded in<br />
enforcing his political legitimacy. This did not imply that the population<br />
had already more confidence in the ‘clean’ operation of the bureaucracy.<br />
However the campaign did achieve this within two to three years. The<br />
effectiveness in the implementation of the construction programmes was<br />
increased, because of the fear by civil servants that they would be accused<br />
of corruption. ‘Over-asking’ in the system of incentives did not occur for<br />
some time. However, the long-term objective was not achieved partly due<br />
to the fact that the campaign ended shortly after Suharto’s re-appointment<br />
in 1978. Without ever being terminated officially, it was hardly ever again<br />
mentioned after 1978.<br />
3.4 Public-private-partnership as an instrument within the principalagent<br />
model 10<br />
In the mid-eighties the IGGI/Worldbank gained a firmer grip on the direction<br />
of economic development in Indonesia. The dramatic drop in the oil<br />
price from US$ 36/barrel to US$ 9/barrel in January 1986 meant that the<br />
Suharto government became much more dependant on international financial<br />
support. This support was raised from an annual average of US$ 3<br />
billion in the early eighties to around US$ 5 billion from 1986. This<br />
increase was however more or less conditional on a structural adjustment<br />
of the Indonesian economy, ‘dictated’ by the IMF and the Worldbank, to<br />
meet the demands of the world economy: export-oriented industrialisation<br />
instead of an industrial policy geared to import-substitution and protectionism.<br />
One of the most important characteristics of these SAPs (structural<br />
88
adjustment programmes) is an ‘insistence’ on a larger role for the freemarket,<br />
meaning deregulation. Deregulation has the effect that the role of<br />
the state, the public sector, is pushed back in favour of the private sector.<br />
Deregulation primarily aims at increasing economic efficiency, but alongside,<br />
albeit more implicitly, it is expected that the political-economic<br />
power base of the ruling elite will decrease, enabling a process of<br />
democratisation.<br />
Under the increased influence of the IMF/Worldbank, the Suharto<br />
government had to issue a package of measures every six months from the<br />
mid-eighties. This package was aimed at the deregulation, the debureaucratisation<br />
and the decentralisation of the administration. In Indonesia<br />
these regular administrative measures were generally referred to as ‘Paket-<br />
De’. Two important groups of actors within the political-economic system<br />
of the New Order experienced direct disadvantages from these measures.<br />
The military, who still had at their disposal economic sources of power<br />
such as state enterprises, lost their non-budgetary incomes. And the many<br />
civil servants within departments containing certain state enterprises, or<br />
officials who had the competencies to sign contracts, saw their financial<br />
means of power decline dramatically. 11<br />
However, the Suharto government managed to protect its own economic<br />
sources effectively as well as those of the First Family and of those<br />
belonging to the inner-circle of the New Order, by including a list of<br />
exemptions in each of the ‘Paket-De’ measures. In 1989 Habibie made<br />
sure that his High Tech industrialisation policy was effectively protected<br />
against attempts at privatisation. He achieved this by putting ten large<br />
strategic enterprises, such as his aircraft company IPTN, under the aegis of<br />
BPIS, a special agency for the development of strategic industries. BPIS<br />
was subsequently safeguarded against any further interference from the<br />
department of finances by presidential decree.<br />
This protection of his own economic interests, although carried out<br />
legally, directly damaged the political legitimacy of the New Order. Important<br />
pillars of this New Order saw their own positions being undermined,<br />
while the elite around the president profited by this internationally<br />
imposed policy. This elite not only maintained, but also succeeded in<br />
extending, its privileged economic positions, since other actors in the<br />
private market faced financial shortages as a result of the deregulation<br />
measures. With extra means, this elite presented itself, when they thought<br />
it lucrative, as a ‘private individual’ in the free-market in order to enhance<br />
the economic development in accordance with the privatisation policy. As<br />
89
part of this policy a public-private-partnership was recommended by the<br />
IMF/Worldbank. In practice the minister of finances, Sumarlin, an ardent<br />
supporter of the deregulatory policy, felt obliged to slow down the privatisation<br />
process in 1992, because it caused a direct enforcement of the<br />
political-economic power of the ruling elite. At the national level this<br />
‘devious adaptation’ by the elite to the imposed process of transformation<br />
into an open-market economy resulted in political discontent. This severely<br />
harmed the political legitimacy of the Suharto government. The problem<br />
for the opposition was that the practice of ‘adaptation’ took place almost<br />
entirely within the existing legislation, although those rules were not<br />
drawn up for that purpose. In order to correct this ‘interpretation’ of the<br />
legislation, technical improvements in the management and especially<br />
political-social institutions would have to be developed, which would<br />
create a real counterbalance to the ruling elite. The propagation of such<br />
institutions has such political consequences that international bodies such<br />
as the IMF and the Worldbank could never publicly encourage it. 12 However,<br />
they can try to support those programmes implicitly. These programmes<br />
could potentially enhance the position of large groups of traders<br />
vis-à-vis the public sector.<br />
The collapse of oil prices in 1986 resulted in a dramatic cut of 35%<br />
in expenditure by the department of public works. Many large infrastructural<br />
projects had to be cancelled and so the possibility of ‘creaming off’<br />
decreased significantly. The Worldbank seemed to give some solace, however,<br />
by offering a programme worth many millions of dollars. One condition<br />
attached was that the money from these programmes would be used<br />
in a decentralised way, i.e. on the basis of the competencies of lower<br />
administrative levels, and directed at infrastructural urban development<br />
programmes, in which the private sector would play an important role.<br />
In the literature, the IUIDP, Integrated Urban Infrastructure Development<br />
Programme, is considered as a programme that can meet those implicit<br />
objectives. This programme is entirely based on ideas and experiences<br />
gained in the USA and West European countries. It is anticipated that the<br />
government budget can be reduced, and at the same time that efficiency<br />
will be increased by using private partners. However, within Western<br />
democratic societies these private partners have an equal, and largely<br />
independent, position. If new modalities for the implementation of projects,<br />
including the financial involvement of private individuals, are based<br />
on this Western perspective, without sufficiently considering that these<br />
new modalities are being applied within a different political-economic<br />
90
framework, the contrary may happen to what is expected and efficiency<br />
may fall. Instead of a ‘disconnection’ of the public sector from the economy,<br />
a stronger involvement may occur that will increase the grey area<br />
between mine and yours. An important group of the pribumi-traders are<br />
organized within a professional body controlled by the government, the<br />
KADIN, or Chamber of Commerce and Industry. Many of the new publicprivate-partnerships<br />
are initiated through such networks, in which the<br />
‘private partner’ has hardly an independent position.<br />
4. Conclusions<br />
The cases above show that the criticism of corruption in each case, in<br />
relation to the political-economic position of the ruling elite, is voiced by<br />
different actors and stems from different motives. Partly as a result of the<br />
‘dictation by the IMF/Worldbank’, i.e. the imposing of the ‘Paket-De’ in<br />
the mid-eighties, two important groups within the political-economic system<br />
of the New Order saw their lucrative positions undermined. It is that<br />
very policy that has actually reinforced the position of the ruling elite<br />
around the president. The increasing discernment of this growing gap<br />
within the system is expressed by the use of the theme of corruption as a<br />
spearhead to criticise the elite.<br />
In relation to legitimacy a clear distinction has to be made as to what<br />
extent the criticism stems from a feeling by traders, licence-holders and<br />
managers of being slighted, or stems from a more fundamental criticism of<br />
the direction of the policy. Criticisms in the first category, do not directly<br />
form a threat to the political and economic legitimacy: the elite can selectively<br />
silence the largest critics by sharing with them the access to certain<br />
economic sources. The second category of criticism does form a potential<br />
threat to the political-economic legitimacy of the Suharto government<br />
which associated itself so clearly with Habibie’s strategy with the composition<br />
of the Sixth Development Cabinet in 1993. Thus, processes of corruption<br />
linked to Habibie’s policy are a direct attack on the position of the<br />
president within Indonesian relationships. The fact that in 1994 the administrative<br />
court (established in 1985) was called in regularly to tackle<br />
‘large’ corruption, could mean that the opponents of Suharto’s and<br />
Habibie’s policy are trying to attack the political-economic legitimacy of<br />
that policy by focusing on the legal dimension of legitimacy. The case<br />
where ‘the palace’ succeeded in dismissing the complaint shows that the<br />
91
instrument of the administrative court is not yet powerful enough to make<br />
actual corrections. The large publicity surrounding the lawsuit did have the<br />
effect, though, that the political legitimacy was seriously harmed, within<br />
the standards of the New Order.<br />
If the opposition wants to continue using the juridical instrument in<br />
their struggle for power, political institutional changes will have to be<br />
made. Changes, which have to be aimed at more transparency of administration.<br />
Transparency of administration increases, in itself, the legal dimension<br />
of legitimacy of the New Order, but also forms a direct threat to the<br />
way in which the political-economic power of the ruling elite is consolidated<br />
and even enlarged within the New Order. From the perspective of<br />
the elite, every serious attempt to use the juridical instrument therefore<br />
forms a direct challenge to its position of power. This position of power is<br />
not based on a ‘clean bureaucracy’, but on an effective government apparatus,<br />
including an adequate military power. The ruling elite achieves its<br />
economic objectives without new elite groups being yet able to join the<br />
centre of power. This elite is therefore not interested in increasing efficiency<br />
by introducing mechanisms of control (transaction costs), unless<br />
they are forced to do so because of a lack of sufficient financial sources to<br />
be used according to their own view.<br />
Notes<br />
1. As mentioned in chapter 1.<br />
2. Wertheim: ‘His difficulties and clashes (referring to Eduard Douwes Dekker<br />
- the author) ... were partly due to the tension between a still predominantly<br />
patrimonial-bureaucratic indigenous substructure and a modern-bureaucratic<br />
European superstructure imbued with a new sense of values which<br />
was only slowly beginning to permeate that superstructure’ (1964, p.116).<br />
3. Furnivall, J.S., Colonial Policy and Practice: A comparative Study of Burma<br />
and Netherlands India, New York, 1956. Quoted in Wertheim, 1964, p.119.<br />
4. The consideration mentioned below has been adopted from among others<br />
Wertheim (1964); Benda (1966); Schulte Nordholt (1968); Sutherland<br />
(1973); and Fasseur (1993).<br />
5. Scott mentions that in communities in a transitional stage, legislation still<br />
does not offer a good starting point for groups of people to air their interests.<br />
Instead they use their influence during the implementation - by means<br />
of corruption. As the transformation process progresses however, possibilities<br />
arise to influence directly the legislation, through pressure group poli-<br />
92
tics (1970, p.549). This is exactly what happened during the last decade of<br />
the colonial government and what has also recently occurred in Indonesia<br />
(see cases 3.2 and 3.4.).<br />
6. Smith confirms this idea in a study into corruption among civil servants in<br />
Indonesia: ‘they could not change their behaviour unless the casual circumstances<br />
(including low pay) were ameliorated’ (1989, pp.423-440).<br />
7. From the time when Suharto was a division-commander in Central Java in<br />
the mid-fifties, he has kept close contact with the businessman Liem Sioe<br />
Liong. This cooperation has been beneficial to both: Suharto’s family fortune<br />
is estimated in Jakarta to be a multiple of the US$ 10 billion of the late<br />
president Marcos, and for years Liem has been on the official list of the ten<br />
wealthiest people in the world.<br />
8. See Bastin et al., 1993, pp.440-446.<br />
9. Compare Wood, who considers corruption as a ‘special case of rent-seeking’,<br />
and subsequently wonders: ‘Why does this rent-seeking happen in some<br />
societies more than in others?’ (1992, p.12). According to Wood the answer<br />
can be found in the opportunities people have to offer goods and services<br />
without state intervention (‘opportunities for exit’). The more monopolistic a<br />
society has been organized, the less choice the people have to apply to other<br />
sources of prosperity, resulting in an increase of rent-seeking (read: corruption).<br />
10. This case is based on the following literature: Schiller (1992); Schulte Nordholt<br />
(1993) and Bastin (1994).<br />
11. See among others Braadbaart (Chapter 5).<br />
12. See Schulte Nordholt, 1995. This problem shows that the break in development<br />
aid between the Netherlands and Indonesia in March of 1992 was<br />
partly a result of such an attempt by Minister Pronk to influence in his function<br />
as chairman of the IGGI during a working visit to Indonesia in June<br />
1991.<br />
93
5. <strong>Corruption</strong> in Indonesian Public Tendering<br />
Okke Braadbaart<br />
1. Introduction<br />
Sociologists, political scientists, and anthropologists turned their attention<br />
to bureaucratic corruption in developing countries in the late 1950s. In the<br />
subsequent two decades an effort was made to define, categorize, and<br />
explain corruption in the context of socio-economic development. Major<br />
efforts were made in two directions. In the first place, an attempt was<br />
made to free the study of corruption from normative judgements. In this<br />
vein a number of authors, noting the top-heavy and inappropriate legal<br />
framework in many developing countries, argued that society might actually<br />
benefit from corruption: corrupt officials expedited lengthy procedures<br />
by rerouting applications around flawed legal structures. In the second<br />
place, the study of developing country administration was cast in the<br />
mould of the, then popular, modernization theory. A historical-sociological<br />
‘stages theory’ of bureaucratic corruption in developing countries was put<br />
forward, explaining corruption as an expression of tribal or feudal<br />
loyalties. These archaic loyalties, tying an individual to family or tribe,<br />
would in time give way to an allegiance to the state. 1<br />
None of the arguments put forward provided workable solutions to<br />
the problem of corruption. 2 The disillusioned who argued that corruption<br />
was a good thing offered no more than an apology and a nonsolution. The<br />
moralists, with their zero tolerance of corruption, offered a vision of the<br />
unattainable. The historical-sociological or ‘Weberian’ line offered no<br />
solution either. This literature reflected an interventionist mood, with the<br />
preferred mix of market and state regulation strongly biased favour of the<br />
latter. <strong>Corruption</strong>, rampant in many developing countries, was seen not as<br />
part of a permanent, and to some extent unavoidable, problem of government<br />
failure, but as a temporary problem that would vanish as soon as the<br />
proper laws and an ethic of ‘public service’ were in place. The Weberians<br />
seriously underestimated the difficulty of writing workable sets of rules,<br />
regulations, and task descriptions; the problem of setting up and maintaining<br />
functioning systems for supervising the actions of public officials and<br />
making them accountable for their acts; and the delicate balancing and<br />
continuous tinkering with penalties, rewards, and moral incentives, tailor-<br />
95
made to a variety of tasks, required to maintain an effective system of<br />
administration. Rather, by couching the analysis of corruption in abstract<br />
terms of law, ethics, cultural behaviour, and long-term societal change,<br />
they drew attention away from the everyday business of public administration.<br />
An emphasis on moral incentives (esprit de corps) was not<br />
counterbalanced by a straightforward analysis of the economic incentives<br />
and penalties facing individual officials. It was ignored that the running of<br />
an efficient bureaucracy required a complex system of moral, pecuniary<br />
and status-related incentives and adequate performance monitoring. In<br />
sum, the Weberian perspective on corruption tended to ignore day-to-day<br />
problems of administration. 3<br />
A more balanced view emerged in the 1970s when development<br />
theory underwent a critical re-examination. This re-orientation was caused<br />
by the pervasiveness of ‘government failure’ in general, the pronounced<br />
failure of central planning regimes in particular, as well as by the example<br />
set by a number of East Asian countries who had achieved rapid economic<br />
growth through an innovative use of market-conforming governance mechanisms.<br />
In academia these developments led to an upsurge of polemic neoliberalism<br />
which in its turn provoked sharp responses. Much more important<br />
than this debate, which involved a good deal of disciplinary sectarianism,<br />
was the realization that both state (‘command-and-control’) and market<br />
solutions to administrative issues had their peculiar strengths and<br />
shortcomings. This line of attack produced much literature on how to<br />
enforce regulations at the ‘street level’ (Bardach & Kagan, 1982; Braadbaart<br />
forthcoming; Dimento, 1986). It also produced new perspectives on<br />
bureaucratic corruption (Klitgaard, 1988, 1989, 1991; Rose-Ackerman,<br />
1978, 1987; Bakker, this volume; Wade, 1985). A key difference between<br />
the ‘old’ and the ‘new’ corruption and development analysis was that the<br />
earlier literature had assumed the perspective of a developed country<br />
observer. The new approach differed in that it attempted to explain concrete<br />
cases of bureaucratic corruption in terms of the situational incentives<br />
and constraints facing administrators. Put differently, rather than assuming<br />
the onlooker’s viewpoint it started from the perspective of the developing<br />
country administrator. 4<br />
This paper attempts to contribute to the new corruption analysis. It<br />
presents an anthropological account of public tendering in Indonesia, an<br />
analysis of fraudulent tendering procedures, as well as some suggestions as<br />
to how illegal practices in tendering might be reduced. It argues that:<br />
96
i) in general, any tendering party, procuring a non-standard product,<br />
will face a trade-off between the ‘price’ and ‘quality’ aspects of competition.<br />
There is an inherent tension between the objective of procuring services<br />
cheaply, from one of a set of competing private firms, through an<br />
auction mechanism, and the objective of guaranteeing that the product<br />
subsequently delivered will meet quality standards. Quality monitoring<br />
problems are especially marked in building construction and civil engineering,<br />
where contractors have ample opportunities for tampering with the<br />
quality of the product or service they supply.<br />
In order to reduce this quality uncertainty, tendering parties often<br />
replace an ‘open auction’ situation with closed shop-type arrangements<br />
(short-listing), or dyadic long-term relationships with a single supplier<br />
(relational contracting). In other words, problems create a natural tendency<br />
to move away from the price-competitive ideal of anonymous tendering<br />
and towards close cooperation with one or a few bidders.<br />
ii) political legitimacy and economic efficiency make conflicting<br />
demands upon political leaders. Any government faces the dilemma that it<br />
must uphold the norm of anonymous tendering vis-a-vis the public<br />
although tendering practice often diverges from this norm, and even<br />
though non-anonymous tendering may, in terms of cost effectiveness and<br />
expediency, even be a superior arrangement for procuring goods and services.<br />
iii) in the Indonesian context, the natural inclination of tenderers to<br />
‘conspire’ with a bidding firm is reinforced by several circumstances,<br />
which create pervasive corruption. The officials appointed to the tendering<br />
committees of state-owned firms act as ‘agents’ of the state. For a variety<br />
of reasons their interests and preferences do not run parallel with those of<br />
the public. Officials are underpaid and therefore forced to generate<br />
additional income. 5 The Indonesian public sector is characterized by lax<br />
monitoring and chaotic financial administration. Illegal self-enrichment is<br />
institutionalized from the highest level down through the ranks.<br />
iv) the Indonesian government has taken a number of initiatives to<br />
deal with the kickback problem in Indonesian public tendering. Unfortunately,<br />
cross-agency controls and checking mechanisms are weakly developed,<br />
with every department and body acting more or less as a self-contained<br />
unit. This self-containment of public agencies forecloses on the<br />
possibility of attempts at outside control producing results.<br />
The discussion that follows is based on data I collected in interviews<br />
with business people and government officials in Indonesia in 1989-1992.<br />
97
The reader will understand that, given the illegal nature of bureaucratic<br />
corruption, research into this issue will generally fail to meet the empirical<br />
standards ordinarily demanded of scientific research. I think that I do not<br />
exaggerate by stating that the only realistic point of departure for this kind<br />
of research work is that ‘any evidence is better than no evidence at all.’<br />
To my mind this attitude is to be preferred to a rigorous clinging to common<br />
scientific standards, which would force us to ignore this important<br />
field of government-business interactions altogether.<br />
I have organized my material as follows. The following two sections<br />
outline the basic principles of tendering and the workings of the parallel<br />
market. The fourth section provide an overview of the size and structure<br />
of the Indonesian market in civil engineering. A fifth section discusses<br />
Indonesian-Dutch aid-tied contracts. In the sixth section I examine the<br />
illegal practices behind the edifice of Indonesian Public Works tendering.<br />
The following section investigates procurement of railroad equipment by<br />
the Indonesian National Railways. The final section discusses possible<br />
measures for combating the kickback phenomenon in Indonesian public<br />
tendering.<br />
2. Public Tendering: Principle and Practice<br />
Public tendering is a much used method by which governments procure<br />
services from private firms. Its principle is that of the auction. The procuring<br />
agency invites private firms to bid on a certain project (a feasibility<br />
study, survey work, the construction of a bridge or a hospital, the supply<br />
of railroad equipment, and so on), providing details on the work to be<br />
done and the qualifications required from bidders. Two basic variants<br />
exist. Open tendering procedures, where a public agency invites all interested<br />
parties to issue a bid. And short-listing, in which a select number of<br />
contractors are invited to join the bidding.<br />
Why rely on public tendering? It is easy to see that, from the point of<br />
view of the procuring agency, tendering has certain advantages over a<br />
series of one-on-one negotiations with potential contractors. Firstly, public<br />
announcements stimulate competition among bidders and so maximizes the<br />
chance that the project will be contracted out at the lowest price. Procuring<br />
agencies may intensify the rivalry by using sealed-bid tendering, where<br />
subscribing contractors hand in their bids without knowing the offers from<br />
the competition. Additionally, the procuring agency need not put much<br />
98
effort into collecting information on the going prices, since the various<br />
bids made by the competing firms, participating in the auction, will provide<br />
it with the necessary information. Tendering is particularly common<br />
in civil engineering. Because every civil engineering project is, to a certain<br />
extent, unique, the person or organization commissioning a project is often<br />
uncertain about its price tag. Tendering allows one to collect ‘free’ price<br />
information from the most knowledgeable actors, that is, the various firms<br />
in the industry.<br />
Tendering also has its drawbacks. One drawback is that tendering<br />
firms may conspire to push up prices and allow cartel members to ‘win’<br />
the auction in turn. In some cases, for example in the Dutch construction<br />
industry, the government even officially tolerates such cartels with the<br />
argument that they protect contractors from cut-throat competition (Groenewegen,<br />
1994; Van Waarden, 1987). Another disadvantage to tendering is<br />
that fierce competition may induce firms to enter bids below cost price.<br />
They may do so consciously to capture or maintain market share, or they<br />
anticipate that the contract price will be adjusted upwards during project<br />
execution. Even worse, they may try to break even by cutting corners on<br />
quality: the nature of many civil works is such that building contractors<br />
enjoy considerable scope for altering the quality of building materials and<br />
design without being discovered.<br />
In other words, there is a certain risk involved in strict adherence to<br />
the principle of granting the job to the lowest bidder, especially when the<br />
winner is a firm with no track record. Short-listing is one way of dealing<br />
with the quality problem. In practice a tendering agency may go one step<br />
further and grant projects to a favoured firm on a routine basis, inviting<br />
bids from one or two contenders only to check price levels. In effect, the<br />
favoured firm will then have captured the market.<br />
3. Parallel Markets: The Kickback Factor<br />
Various considerations, then, underlie the decision to award a specific firm<br />
with a contract. In the Indonesian context, this decision making process is<br />
complicated by the existence of a black market parallel to the official<br />
tendering market. In the parallel market tendering firms vie for the support<br />
of agents sitting on tendering committees: they offer them bribes, known<br />
as ‘kickbacks’ in the form of money or presents (consumer durables, holiday<br />
trips, etc.) so hoping to secure their support. 6 Consider an Indonesian<br />
99
tendering committee responsible for the procurement of equipment for a<br />
public firm. The committee will quite often face the choice between an<br />
unknown firm that may or may not turn out to be the superior option and<br />
a, perhaps not-so-cheap, tenderer with a good track record. Under the<br />
existent system of weak monitoring, parallel market transactions have a<br />
decisive influence.<br />
Tendering committee members can overrule price considerations by<br />
ruling an underbidding contender out of the game on procedural grounds:<br />
they may claim that the firm does not meet all the technical requirements,<br />
or has failed to register properly. Aware of this, favoured firms may<br />
attempt to secure the official market with a flow of bribes across the parallel<br />
market. Newcomers will similarly try to break into the market with<br />
lavish illegal donations. Kickbacks therefore cement long-term relationships,<br />
but may also swing the scales in favour of a new competitor.<br />
The latter consideration indicates that winning a tender in a corrupt<br />
market is not simply a matter of ‘paying more bribes than the competition’.<br />
Bidders resort to two strategies to forestall competitive bidding<br />
games in parallel markets. For one, bidders may collude and engage in<br />
price fixing, taking turns in ‘winning’ the contest. For another they attempt<br />
to deny potential competitors access to the market. The firms that<br />
are ‘in’ will do their utmost to conceal, the existence of the market itself,<br />
information on tendering procedures and time schedules, access routes to<br />
committee members, and so on, from potential rivals.<br />
4. Political <strong>Legitimacy</strong> and Economic Efficiency<br />
Governments must publicly uphold the principle of anonymous tendering<br />
as the public associate the latter with fair competition and procurement at<br />
minimum cost. Even though they may know that tendering practice is<br />
different, political leaders must categorically deny that any divergence<br />
from the norm is tolerable: any hint of deviance will immediately raise<br />
suspicions that the government is hostage to business interests, that officials<br />
reap extra-legal benefits by treating certain firms favourably, and<br />
that tax-payers are paying more than they should for publicly tendered<br />
projects. Political impression management therefore dictates that political<br />
leaders should publicly embrace the principle of open anonymous tendering<br />
and condemn relational contracting practices as corrupt. Administrative<br />
practice is of course different: first, because a Public Works minister can-<br />
100
not control all the actions of their underlings; secondly, because tendering<br />
committee members may find ‘personalized’ but illegal forms of procurement<br />
much more convenient than following formal procedures; and thirdly,<br />
because non-anonymous commissioning may simply be more efficient<br />
as regards both time and money.<br />
Government cannot possibly monitor all the details of the tendering<br />
methods practiced by the scores of public agencies under its command.<br />
Tendering committee members have considerable leeway in arranging<br />
tenders and can omit information on personalized deal-making from official<br />
documents. Informal codes may play an important role in day-to-day<br />
procurement practice. In other words, a considerable gap exists between<br />
rules and reality. A fundamental dilemma arises when the tax-paying public<br />
actually benefits from the fact that tendering committees deviate from<br />
the norm of open competition. Political legitimacy clashes with economic<br />
efficiency when non-anonymous tendering is a more efficient way of<br />
commissioning public funds. Direct commissioning does away with the<br />
need of organizing a costly auction; it minimizes the possibility of ex ante<br />
opportunism; relational contracting reduces the risk that the winning firm<br />
fails to execute its contract satisfactorily; a firm with a long-term stake in<br />
public projects may devote more attention to quality, and so on.<br />
In sum, the ambiguous relationship between ‘winner-picking’ method<br />
and economic efficiency, coupled with the political demands placed upon<br />
political leaders, creates a divergence between rules and the reality in<br />
public tendering. It also gives rise to a dilemma between legitimacy and<br />
economic efficiency. Finally, the politically sensitivity of the issue, even<br />
when corruption does not come into play, presents a major obstacle to the<br />
systematic study of public procurement.<br />
5. The Indonesian Civil Engineering Market<br />
In this section we turn to the empirical evidence. The Indonesian civil<br />
engineering and construction market consists of two segments. A ‘dollar’<br />
segment in which large foreign and local building contractors and engineering<br />
firms vie for consultancies and projects. And a ‘Rupiah’ segment<br />
reserved for local firms. Entry into the dollar segment is restricted. The<br />
sheer magnitude of projects in this category, and the problem of organizing<br />
financial back-up, can only be handled by large well-reputed firms.<br />
Foreign firms enter the picture for two reasons. For one, they supply tech-<br />
101
nological expertise that Indonesian firms do not possess. For another, they<br />
are often attached to public projects financed with the help of foreign aid.<br />
Figure 1 illustrates the basic structure of the Indonesian civil engineering<br />
market. Bridges, toll-roads; and in the building construction sector, shopping<br />
centres and other large property development schemes are built by<br />
foreign firms in conjunction with leading Indonesian contractors and engineering<br />
firms. Small local firms construct roads, ducts, housing, etc. on a<br />
smaller scale and carry out survey and other work for leading firms on a<br />
subcontractual basis.<br />
Figure 1: The Indonesian Market for Civil Engineering Works<br />
102
From an international perspective, civil engineering firms, based in<br />
OECD countries, are engaged in global competition for international projects<br />
tendered in Indonesia and elsewhere. Table 1 gives an idea of the<br />
size of this market. The Table records contracts won by the global top-200<br />
engineering firms in the major developing areas between 1983 and 1988.<br />
Apart from indicating aggregate size, it also shows that in the course of<br />
the decade Asia displaced the Middle East as the leading market for engineering<br />
consultancy work and contracting.<br />
Table 1: Distribution of International Engineering Projects by Developing<br />
Region, 1983-1988<br />
Region Aggregate value of contracts (in US$ million)<br />
1983 1984 1985 1986 1987 1988<br />
Middle East 1,341.5 1,118.1 974.1 907.2 742.3 808.7<br />
Asia 822.9 804.1 919.0 982.9 1,133.6 1,152.8<br />
Africa 816.7 781.5 792.0 855.3 948.6 824.1<br />
Latin America 374.2 276.8 455.5 320.6 434.8 322.3<br />
Source: Hoebink & Schulpen (1990)<br />
Projects financed with bilateral and multilateral aid constituted a<br />
sizeable component of this international market. One fifth of all bilateral<br />
commitments by DAC members and 31% of all World Bank aid in 1991<br />
was granted for investments in transport and telecommunication, energy<br />
and other economic infrastructure projects. Substantial amounts of aid also<br />
went to sanitation. Indonesia, among other countries, was a major recipient<br />
of this form of aid. Aggregate net disbursements of bilateral and multilateral<br />
aid to Indonesia fluctuated between US$ 1.7 and 2.1 billion<br />
between 1989 and 1992 (Love, 1993, p.204).<br />
Competition in the market for aid-connected projects is organized on<br />
a country-by country basis. This is due to the fact that much of the bilateral<br />
aid granted by DAC countries takes the form of ‘tied aid’, asis<br />
shown by Table 2. Donor countries use various constructions to tie their<br />
aid, but will invariably require that the recipient procures commodities and<br />
services from firms located in the donor country (Stokke, 1984, p.38).<br />
103
Table 2: Bilateral Tied Aid commitments<br />
DAC Countries, Average 1989-91<br />
Country Total Tied Aid<br />
Commitment<br />
($million)<br />
Tied Aid As % of Total<br />
Bilateral Commitments<br />
United States 2,818 19.0<br />
France 2,631 41.6<br />
Japan 2,181 20.9<br />
Italy 1,771 65.2<br />
Germany 1,381 25.2<br />
United Kingdom 700 31.4<br />
Canada 502 27.4<br />
Sweden 478 30.5<br />
Finland 374 52.9<br />
Netherlands 371 19.8<br />
Switzerland 329 44.7<br />
Australia 255 42.4<br />
Austria 230 55.5<br />
Denmark 229 39.4<br />
Norway 143 23.2<br />
DAC Total 14,391 27.8<br />
6. Dutch Bilateral Aid-Tying<br />
Source: Love (1993, p.96)<br />
The evidence marshalled in a 1990 internal evaluation of Dutch bilateral<br />
aid by the Directorate General for Development Cooperation allows us to<br />
see behind these aggregate figures. Table 3, first of all, provides an over-<br />
104
view of projects undertaken in Indonesia by Dutch engineering firms as<br />
part of the ‘trade-cum-aid’ connection. The organizations involved in these<br />
projects included private manufacturing firms such as Philips, Fokker, and<br />
the machinery builder Stork; private engineering firms such as Euroconsult<br />
and DHV; and research institutes such as the Delft Waterloopkundig Laboratorium.<br />
By what process were Dutch firms selected to carry out these projects?<br />
The evaluation offers some interesting evidence on this subject. Of<br />
136 projects carried out in a variety of countries, about half were directly<br />
commissioned to a contractor, one-third were contracted out on an open<br />
international tender, and the short-listing procedure was used for 15 percent<br />
of the projects (see Table 4). Direct commissioning (Dutch: ‘gunning<br />
uit de hand’) was therefore the most frequent means of allocating projects.<br />
In other words relational contracting rather than anonymous tendering was<br />
the predominant arrangement.<br />
Table 3: Dutch Aid-Financed Engineering Projects in Indonesia,<br />
1980-1988<br />
Sector Number of Transaction<br />
projects (x ƒ mi.)<br />
Telecomm. equipment 8 260.6<br />
Railroad equipment 3 80.4<br />
Shipping 8 382.7<br />
Powerstation 1 12.9<br />
Road traffic infrastr. 2 127.0<br />
Sanitation 1 32.7<br />
Aviation equipment 5 106.2<br />
Total 29 1,002.5<br />
Source: Hulp of Handel (1990, pp.222-223)<br />
105
Table 4: Tendering Procedures of Dutch Source-Tied Development<br />
Aid Projects<br />
Procedure Number of projects Share<br />
Open international tender 45 33%<br />
Short-listing 21 15%<br />
Direct allotment 70 52%<br />
Total 136 100%<br />
Source: Hulp of Handel (1990, p.109)<br />
Why did relational contracting dominate this market? On the basis of my<br />
observations I conclude that, rather than being prompted by quality considerations,<br />
in this case the tendency for personalized contracting was a<br />
way of dealing with informational imperfections. The Dutch firms responsible<br />
for project execution played a key role in overcoming market failure<br />
in bilateral Dutch-Indonesian relations. Their role as information carriers,<br />
rather than as neutral suppliers of engineering expertise, cannot be overestimated.<br />
As classic brokers, they operated between the donor and recipient<br />
governments, keeping Indonesian counterparts such as the Public<br />
Works Department posted on what was required, in terms of priorities<br />
tagged to funds and formal application procedures, in order to be eligible<br />
for project aid.<br />
Although it is not clear to what extent Dutch firms in this market<br />
relied on bribery to cement relationships with local counterpart agencies, I<br />
am inclined to think that only a minority wielded the kickback weapon on<br />
a routine basis. A good example of the latter category that I encountered<br />
in the field was that of a Dutch supplier of machinery who allegedly won<br />
a succession of Indonesian international tenders for training equipment<br />
worth several hundred million guilders, by ‘entertaining’ a network of key<br />
officials from various Indonesian departments. In most cases, however,<br />
there appeared to be no compelling reason for tying an Indonesian<br />
counterpart agency through bribes and gifts. The prevalent ‘direct commissioning’<br />
arrangement appeared to be a solution to market failure rather<br />
than an indicator of corruption. From the start, any effort to obtain a<br />
106
Dutch aid funded project required a joint venture between one particular<br />
Dutch firm and one particular Indonesian counterpart agency. These partners<br />
would have to cooperate closely in pushing the project proposal<br />
through the administrative pipe-line. The Indonesian counterpart relied<br />
heavily on its Dutch partner, who possessed the valuable knowledge on<br />
the location of possible sources of project money within the Dutch administrative<br />
system. The Dutch firm likewise depended on its Indonesian partner,<br />
given the formal Dutch requirement that requests for aid have to be<br />
initiated by the government of the recipient country. It is important to note<br />
that such partnerships were often formed in the course of a series of projects<br />
rather than in a one-off venture. Finally, the Indonesian counterparts<br />
would generally be able to reap ample financial rewards ‘officially’, that<br />
is, through formal assignments in the project during its execution. These<br />
rewards obviated the need for bribery.<br />
7. The Bidder’s Perspective: Winning and Losing Public Works<br />
Tenders<br />
The headquarters of the Kail Company is in Jakarta. Its founder became<br />
acquainted with the future president Soeharto in the 1940s when both<br />
fought on the same side in winning national independence. This relationship<br />
became a business asset in the 1970s when the Kail Company became<br />
involved as an agricultural machinery supplier in a series of rural development<br />
projects initiated by the president. In the following decade they shifted<br />
their focus to Public Works where they gained a succession of large<br />
projects on the basis of their political connections and a growing technical<br />
competence in mechanical engineering. Kail Company dealt with the Public<br />
Works tendering committees on a routine basis:<br />
We work on a job order basis, mostly for the government, Public<br />
Works and the like. Private companies go for Japanese imports rather<br />
than use our products. In fact for tailor-made jobs going on tender we<br />
can compete with the Japanese, but they are ahead of us in serial<br />
products.<br />
Kail Company thus had extensive experience in tendering for contracts.<br />
From the detailed information on tendering practice I obtained from one of<br />
the firm’s managers a number of tentative findings may be distilled.<br />
107
First, what determined the size of the kickback? My informant denied<br />
that kickback rates took the form of a fixed percentage of contract value,<br />
as I had expected. Rather, the amount of bribe money paid as a percentage<br />
of the value of the contract seemed to decrease with increasing contract<br />
size. I later managed to collect information on this issue from other<br />
sources which supported this finding. The total sum of bribes paid by a<br />
bidder seemed to be a result of two contradictory forces. On the one hand,<br />
with increasing contract size an increasing number of higher echelon officials<br />
were involved in the pay-off; this tended to drive up parallel market<br />
prices with increasing size of contract. On the other hand, officials accepted<br />
only a certain amount of bribe: this tended to drive the kickback percentage<br />
down. Officials only accepted as much money as they were able<br />
to launder without attracting unwelcome attention. The most commonly<br />
used laundering method by lower-echelon officials was conversion into<br />
consumer durables or real estate and education. One pensioned official<br />
operated a fleet of illegal taxis, another had bought each of his six children<br />
a house, a third had acquired a large piece of land on which he had a<br />
luxurious mansion built, a fourth sent his children overseas for study, and<br />
so on. Higher-placed administrators appeared to pursue the same strategy,<br />
albeit on a larger scale, but alongside also held foreign bank accounts and<br />
were widely rumoured to make substantial overseas investments, for example<br />
in the Singapore real estate market. Information on the latter category<br />
of officials was extremely difficult to obtain.<br />
Figure 2 gives a quantitative estimate of the relationship between size of<br />
kickback and magnitude of contract. It shows the scattergram of data<br />
points I managed to collect with a least squares line running through them.<br />
As may be seen, the regression line ascends steeply in the lower contract<br />
ranges and then flattens out with increasing size of contract, with kickbacks<br />
being on the order of 10 percent of the value of a small contract of,<br />
say, Rp. 100 million (US$50,000), and decreasing to about one percent for<br />
contracts over Rp. 10 billion ($5 million). It goes without saying that more<br />
evidence would be needed to test this hypothesized relationship.<br />
A second issue discussed was the actual procedure of negotiation in<br />
the parallel market. The degree of discipline of officials engaged in tendering<br />
procedures seems to vary considerably from one organization to<br />
another.<br />
108
Figure 2: Relationship Between Kickback and Size of Contract:<br />
Distance Weighted Least Squares Line<br />
In certain cases the parallel market was a free-for-all in which each official<br />
tried to squeeze bribes out of the tendering firms for himself. In<br />
other cases the tendering committee was a well-organized affair. My interviewee<br />
from a tendering company clearly preferred the latter situation:<br />
Sometimes we go crazy trying to divide the money. Then the department<br />
chief demands 10 percent for himself, but doesn’t want to take<br />
care of his underlings, of the team. We prefer a one-off deal, to hand<br />
over everything at once, we don’t want to know how they are going to<br />
divide it. The way things are now sometimes somebody starts com-<br />
109
plaining (afterwards) he hasn’t had his share. Sometimes the team<br />
cooperates, and they will have a certain formula worked out. When the<br />
chief is good he will distribute even shares among those involved.<br />
My informant also emphasized that his firm favoured an explicit business<br />
contract rather than a vague agreement in regard to the amount of money<br />
paid out over the parallel market:<br />
Sometimes they will say ‘just give me what you can spare’, and then we<br />
will give them a few hundred thousand Rupiah. But then we will also worry<br />
because maybe we won’t get a project again. At other times they ask an<br />
enormous amount of money. And when the chief is replaced, and his underlings<br />
along with him, the whole thing changes.<br />
Put differently, these statements suggest that bidding firms would prefer a<br />
well-organized parallel market with standard kickback rates over the undeveloped<br />
black market structure, with its low degree of price integration,<br />
presently prevailing. Furthermore, this interview confirmed that highechelon<br />
state officials took care to shield themselves from direct involvement<br />
in illegal transactions:<br />
The minister is never directly (involved), we meet him first and then<br />
he will say ‘o.k., you carry on with my assistant.’ Then later we will<br />
negotiate (the size of the kickback) with his underling.<br />
A third consideration is the effect that such illegal transactions have on the<br />
bidder’s chances of winning the tender. Buying the tendering committee’s<br />
support is no guarantee that the firm would win. Apparently, a committee<br />
is not free to assign the project to whichever firm it preferred; it has to<br />
stick to the rule of giving the contract to the lowest bidder. But there were<br />
ways of circumventing this rule. If the firm it supported was the second,<br />
or third, lowest bidder in a sealed-bid tender, the committee could secretly<br />
pass on the figure quoted by the lowest bidder, so the favoured firm could<br />
underbid the competition. Alternatively, the committee might throw underbidding<br />
firms out of the competition on administrative grounds:<br />
110<br />
The tendering committee will try to look for mistakes in A’s bid, for<br />
example his documents may not be complete.
It should be added here that a bidder can never be certain that it has not<br />
been secretly ‘outbribed’ by a competing bidder, so turning the tables.<br />
A final issue of interest is the enlisting of support from the clique<br />
surrounding the president. The president’s children are highly popular as<br />
business partners because they have easy access to projects through their<br />
connections in the palace, and also because high-ranking officials are<br />
simply afraid of refusing them anything. The president’s children therefore<br />
offer their services in a seller’s market, as it were, which is perhaps why<br />
they are known in Jakarta business circles as unreliable business partners:<br />
If you wish to do a joint venture with one of the president’s children,<br />
they will often take an advance payment. He will say: ‘Why don’t you<br />
give me 10 million now, you can cut that from my share later’, sowe<br />
don’t even have a project and he will already want a cash advance.<br />
Well, he will be very good at finding a project. But when we have<br />
made the killing, he will already be doing a joint venture with someone<br />
else. They will change partners all the time.<br />
8. Public Procurement of Machinery and Components: Rules and<br />
Reality<br />
The general picture of Indonesian public procurement of machinery, components<br />
and spare parts from local engineering firms is as follows. Firms<br />
wishing to enter their bids are required to register as a Listed Supplier<br />
(Indonesian ‘Rekanan’). Listed Suppliers are classified on the basis of size<br />
and compete in separate classes for orders of differing magnitude. This<br />
discrimination by size is how the large state-owned enterprises operationalize<br />
their political commitment to support small indigenous (non Sino-<br />
Indonesian) enterprises, with a quota of small job orders being reserved<br />
for the latter category of firms. In many instances, however, I found evidence<br />
that the procurement market was being held captive by one, or a<br />
number of, specialized brokers. These brokers, ostensibly owners of manufacturing<br />
firms but in fact possessing nothing but an office, a desk, a<br />
telephone and a fax machine plus a small storehouse, made it their business<br />
to win tenders and then putting these out to small engineering firms.<br />
Another area of broker specialization was the supply of foreign-made<br />
equipment and spare parts to state enterprises. Evidence which I was able<br />
to collect on procurement practice in the aircraft factory IPTN indicates<br />
that very large killings could be made in this line of business. Examples<br />
111
drawn from two areas, the procurement of railroad equipment, and the<br />
procurement of spare parts for the public-owned steel mill ‘Krakatau Steel’<br />
will provide illustrations.<br />
9. Railroad Equipment<br />
The national headquarters of the Indonesian Railways Company (Perusahaan<br />
Jawatan Kereta Api) are located in Bandung. The history of this<br />
organization in its present form goes back to 1950 when a unified national<br />
railroad company was formed. In the 1960s, among the various suppliers<br />
of equipment, Ban, a Sino-Indonesian trader who had migrated to Bandung<br />
in the late 1950s, worked his way up to virtually monopolize the<br />
equipment market. As I understand it, from the 1960s until his death in<br />
1984 Ban more or less told the Railways procurement personnel what to<br />
buy, where to buy, and for how much to buy. 7 As one informant put it:<br />
In those days people used to say: ‘Ban, he owns the railways’.<br />
Being a classic broker, Ban never developed any manufacturing activities<br />
but concentrated only on the trade side of affairs. As he had no successor,<br />
he was childless, his monopoly fell apart after his death. The new market<br />
configuration that emerged, with about a dozen brokers vying for orders<br />
on official and parallel markets, remained in existence up to the early<br />
1990s.<br />
The Railroad Company procured imported equipment from 12 Sole<br />
Agents registered as Listed Suppliers. As Table 5 specifies, the total routine<br />
annual railroad maintenance budget in 1990 was about US$50 million.<br />
The Logistics Department, the unit responsible for procurement in the<br />
Railways headquarters, classified orders as follows:<br />
i) Non-specific goods, a term basically covering local-made products.<br />
Orders were either open tendered (contract value between Rp. 20 million<br />
and Rp. 200 million, that is, US$ 10,000 to $100,000) or directly<br />
‘assigned’ (Indonesian: ‘ditunjuk’), the latter referring to a short-listing<br />
procedure, in the case of contracts of less than Rp. 20 million. In the latter<br />
case the Logistics Department invited five registered suppliers to enter<br />
bids for the contract.<br />
112
Table 5: Expenditures on infrastructure and Rolling Stock Maintenance,<br />
Indonesian Railways Company, 1990<br />
Item Outlay (in Rp.million)<br />
Maintenance of Infrastructure<br />
Track 18,5000.0<br />
Bridges 6,400.0<br />
Signalling & Telecomm. 6,100.0<br />
Facilities 750.0<br />
Maintenance of Rolling Stock<br />
Workshop 22,125.9<br />
Depots 10,950.0<br />
Facilities 0.2<br />
Depreciation RS & Fac. 18,562.2<br />
Total 83,387.4<br />
1990 exchange rate: Rp. 1,805 = US$1<br />
Source: Indonesian State Railways (1990, p.24)<br />
ii) Specific goods, that is, imported engine parts, electronics parts,<br />
transmission parts, and the like. Orders for specific goods were always<br />
directly assigned to outside suppliers. With contracts up to Rp. 200 million<br />
the Logistics Department was in charge of the assignment. With larger<br />
contracts, up to Rp. 3,000 million, the Railways Director assumed responsibility,<br />
and with contracts exceeding the latter amount the<br />
Coordinating Minister for Economic Affairs would decide.<br />
In effect there seemed to be no way of circumventing the 12 Sole<br />
Agents and supplying the Railways directly with equipment. Even the<br />
local representative of a bearings manufacturer of international fame could<br />
not sell his standard products directly, but was forced to channel them<br />
through a Sole Agent. Apparently, the Agents had worked out an arrangement<br />
with the Logistics Department that functioned to their mutual satis-<br />
113
faction. I did not acquire information on the details, financial or otherwise,<br />
of this arrangement.<br />
10. Spare Parts for Krakatau Steel<br />
Another indication of the size of the public procurement market is provided<br />
by data on spare part expenditures by Krakatau Steel, a steel mill<br />
located in Cilegon, West Java. KS management estimated the total 1991<br />
outlay for spare parts and tools at Rp. 40 billion, or about $21 million. Of<br />
this amount, 70% was spent on imported parts and tools (mechanical and<br />
electrical parts) and the remaining 30% on local-made products (ONUDI,<br />
1992). The latter category included rubber hoses, V-belts, low-grade nuts<br />
and bolts, small dimension bearings, structural metals, and other simple<br />
components, in line with what one would expect given the still limited<br />
local engineering capabilities (cf. Braadbaart forthcoming). I have no<br />
information on the overseas parts market, but found no evidence of a<br />
monopolization of the ‘small local orders’ market by brokers. Job-shop<br />
owners supplying parts to KS under the so-called ‘Foster Parent’ small<br />
enterprise support scheme (see Thee, 1993) stated that they contracted<br />
directly with the KS procurement division rather than through a broker.<br />
This case even illustrated a supplier cartel: four small shops, nominally<br />
competing for orders from KS for a particular spare part, had a secret<br />
agreement not to enter bids below a certain, artificially high, price.<br />
11. Efforts to Counter <strong>Corruption</strong> in Public Tendering<br />
What steps has the Indonesian government taken so far to curtail parallel<br />
market operations and strengthen the competitive element in Indonesian<br />
public tendering? To address this problem, internal accounting units were<br />
established in every State-Owned Corporation (Badan Usaha Milik Negara<br />
or BUMN and Badan Usaha Milik Daerah or BUMD), numbering about<br />
260 in all in 1983. However, these were subsequently judged to be ineffective<br />
as they were unable to operate independently of company<br />
management. The Agency for Financial Control and Development (Badan<br />
Pengawasan Keuangan dan Pembangunan, BPKP), an operational arm of<br />
the Finance Department, did constitute such an independent auditing unit.<br />
But at least until 1992 the BPKP remained a passive recipient of accounts<br />
114
sent in by the various BUMN/BUMD, a number of which did not report at<br />
all. Given the fact that it only operated ‘behind the desk’ rather than carrying<br />
out surprise field checks, it is hardly suprising that the BPKP only<br />
managed to uncover Rp. 15.5 billion, approximately US$ 8 million, in<br />
1991/1992 of what it politely referred to as ‘deviations’ (Daily Pikiran<br />
Rakyat, 20/3/1992).<br />
In a 1992 seminar BPKP management, seconded by the Junior Minister<br />
of Finance, complained openly about the lack of cooperation it<br />
received from the BUMN/BUMD it was supposed to monitor. Voicing<br />
their dissatisfaction over the quality of BUMN/BUMD financial reporting,<br />
BPKP management annnounced that is planned to mount field operations,<br />
checking company accounts on the spot to establish to what extent their<br />
reporting corresponded with the truth. All this indicates how little authority<br />
BPKP, that is, the Finance Department, had over the state enterprises:<br />
It apparently lacked the jurisdictional clout to force state companies<br />
to comply with its financial accounting regulations.<br />
12. Conclusions<br />
The admittedly piecemeal evidence on Indonesian public procurement<br />
practice presented in the preceding pages leads to an inescapable conclusion:<br />
corruption is rampant at all levels of the Indonesian administrative<br />
apparatus. In 1992, the then chairman of the Indonesian Association of<br />
Suppliers and Distributors estimated that his members made a 5 to 10<br />
percent loss, through illegal payoffs, on every contract (Pikiran Rakyat,<br />
20/3/1992). My findings suggest that this spokesman may have been correct<br />
as regards to smaller contracts for local-made goods.<br />
To a certain extent, as I have argued, the prevalence of collusion<br />
between tendering committees and bidding firms flows from the inherent<br />
tension between price competition and quality monitoring problems. Any<br />
tendering committee must balance the price imperative of allotting the<br />
order to the lowest bidder against the risk that the winner may not deliver<br />
the desired product. By opting for a form of relational contracting rather<br />
than anonymous competition, procuring agencies reduce uncertainty to a<br />
manageable level. Ironically, political leaders must categorically deny that<br />
relational contracting is a legitimate form of allotting government contracts,<br />
if not, they risk public accusations of conspiracy with business<br />
115
interests and private profiteering, even though direct commissioning may<br />
under certain circumstances be more cost-effective than tendering.<br />
In the Indonesian context, as we have seen, this collusive tendency is<br />
strongly reinforced by the perverse incentives prevailing in the civil service,<br />
that is, a combination of weak controls and poor performance monitoring<br />
with low pay which almost invites officials to support bidders in<br />
return for a kickback on the contract.<br />
Having said this, however, I should also point out that the entire<br />
Indonesian public procurement market is not monopolized by vendors<br />
conspiring with corrupt officials. It should be stressed that, although<br />
monopolies do occur, a full-fledged monopolization of the tendering market<br />
by a conspiring bidder-tendering agent team seems to be a relatively<br />
rare and in any case an impermanent occurrence. The inefficiencies generated<br />
by kickback arrangements appear to be mitigated to some degree by<br />
three circumstances. First, procurement staff can bend but cannot break the<br />
rules governing the tendering process. In the end, the lowest entry must<br />
still win the contest. Second, when procurement staff is replaced, as regularly<br />
happens, existing parallel market arrangements will often be upset.<br />
Third, the competition between bidding firms, both in formal and in parallel<br />
markets, is often intense.<br />
Recent Indonesian attempts to counter corruption in public tendering<br />
show that the autonomy of public enterprises vis-a-vis the Finance Department<br />
have thwarted the latter’s attempts to discipline the financial behaviour<br />
of the former. What policy measures might be taken to improve this<br />
situation? It can be seen that one option, the mammoth task of reforming<br />
the Indonesian civil service, is out of the question. The modest short-term<br />
solution might be to reorganise BPKP or, if necessary, establish a new<br />
independent agency and give it the task of monitoring tendering procedures.<br />
If it is to perform this task, such an anti-corruption task force<br />
should: i) enjoy a certain measure of political independence, ii) have an<br />
ample operational (field inspection) budget, iii) be given the jurisdiction to<br />
carry a credible threat to corrupt tendering committees (e.g, have the<br />
power to push through dishonourable discharge of corrupt officials), and<br />
iv) have its staff paid according to private sector standards. The failure of<br />
previous policy measures indicates that each of the four requirements<br />
listed here will be crucial to successful combating of parallel market activities<br />
in public procurement.<br />
In addition to the above, it is also important that the government<br />
drafts a set of transparent national rules governing public tendering proce-<br />
116
dures. These should enjoin the tendering committees to publicize information<br />
on tendering procedures and bidding contests. The rules should<br />
also stipulate how aspiring firms might join the ranks of Listed Suppliers<br />
as, in current practice, the procedures by which suppliers are selected often<br />
remain obscure.<br />
One might also consider according private business a watchdog function<br />
by setting up a complaints desk where bidders or aspiring bidders can<br />
lodge complaints, e.g., when they feel they cannot bypass brokers or are<br />
obstructed by a resident cartel. Finally, and perhaps most importantly, it<br />
should not be forgotten that the success of whatever set of policy measures<br />
is adopted will be greatly enhanced by the close involvement of<br />
‘practitioners’, both state procurement personnel and business suppliers, in<br />
the process of policy design and implementation.<br />
Notes<br />
1. This line of argument was a development of Max Weber’s writings on the<br />
historical development of administration. See Moore (1992).<br />
2. For an overview of this literature see the collection of articles edited by<br />
Heidenheimer (1970).<br />
3. The partial exception is Fred Riggs, some of whose contributions to the<br />
literature foreshadow later work on policy analysis (Riggs, 1964).<br />
4. For overviews of the various concepts underpinning this work and the fierce<br />
debates set off by what has been called ‘The New Economics of Organization’<br />
(Moe, 1984), see Baron & Hannan (1994), Eisenhardt (1989), and the<br />
contributions in IDS Bulletin vol. 23(4), 1992.<br />
5. The basic civil service pay scale valid as of 1993 shows a pre-tax salary<br />
range varying from Rp. 80,000 to Rp. 500,000 (US$ 32-US$ 200), the latter<br />
figure applying to an official in Class IV with over 25 years of active service.<br />
Even when one adds the various bonuses that officials can earn (a<br />
university lecturer, for example, can add up to US$ 500 to his or her basic<br />
salary), take-home pay is always insufficient to lead the kind of life desired<br />
by well-educated Indonesian urbanites.<br />
6. Klitgaard defines kickbacks as ‘payments by the suppliers to agents of the<br />
purchaser of goods. The agents pocket cash in exchange for using their<br />
discretion to make sure a particular supplier obtains the contract or receives<br />
a higher price’ (1988, p.136).<br />
7. Only the largest contracts (such as those for imported locomotives, which<br />
involved the Jakarta politically connected clique) seem to have eluded him.<br />
117
6. Police and corruption in the Netherlands:<br />
towards a micro-perspective<br />
Lucas Kroes & Coby de Boer 1<br />
1. Introduction<br />
A study of the phenomenon known as ‘corruption’ can be conducted in<br />
different ways. Depending on the discipline, the interest of the researcher,<br />
and the aim of the research, the focus might be on processes that occur at<br />
the macro, or system, level, at the meso level, or at the micro level. An<br />
analysis considering processes at only one of these three levels means that<br />
processes at the other levels, and the interactions between them will not be<br />
clarified. In the literature on corruption an analytic framework in which<br />
the three levels are clearly distinguished is seldom used. There are two<br />
current views regarding the origin of corruption. The first explains corruption<br />
essentially from the point of view of the individual. Several personal<br />
characteristics make it more or less probable that an individual will be<br />
corrupted when opportunities are offered by the environment (Walker,<br />
1983; Delattre, 1989; Pizzorno and Della Porta, 1994). The second view<br />
takes the system as the starting point. In this scenario corruption is considered<br />
as a macro phenomenon that occurs when there are conflicting<br />
values and norms between different institutions (see chapter 1, this volume;<br />
Heidenheimer, 1989; Caiden and Caiden, 1993). In our opinion, the<br />
standpoints briefly outlined above are not contradictory, but differ only in<br />
the sense that analytically, the first approach emphasizes the individual<br />
and the second approach the society, or the institutions within society.<br />
The first aim of this article is to give an insight into the phenomenon<br />
of corruption, particularly regarding the police. Secondly the intention is to<br />
give several theoretical explanations, which put the emphasis on the individual.<br />
To what extent do personal characteristics, goals and dispositions,<br />
and the relationships with other actors within a so-called interaction system<br />
play a role with regard to the individual behaviour or choice regarding<br />
corruption? The individual forms the micro level of the analysis whereas<br />
the interaction system represents the meso level. We adopted Boudon’s<br />
model (1981) in an attempt to explain differences between individuals<br />
with respect to corruption.<br />
119
The structure of the article is as follows. In the third section the<br />
concept of corruption is discussed. Attention is given to corruption in<br />
public administration and in particular in police departments. In section<br />
four the theoretical framework is presented that is used in this article. The<br />
core of this framework is a transformation model adopted from Boudon<br />
(1981). The model is used to describe the origin of corruption. Section<br />
five, and the first part of section six, elaborates elements of the theoretical<br />
model. In section six the theoretical model is applied to a case study:<br />
corruption within the aliens police department. Finally some conclusions<br />
are presented.<br />
2. <strong>Corruption</strong><br />
2.1 A definition<br />
Most people associate the word corruption with misuse of power for personal<br />
enrichment. When corruption occurs ‘a person misuses his position<br />
(of authority) in an organization out of consideration for personal gain<br />
and for the benefit of a third person while bypassing the formal procedures’<br />
(Ruimschotel, 1994). Ruimschotel described corruption as a<br />
phenomenon which undermines society. The presence of corruption leads<br />
to suboptimal allocation which leads to economic inefficiency. In such a<br />
situation the qualitatively most highly principled enterprises do not receive<br />
orders, but rather the enterprises which engage in corruption. Less qualified<br />
persons obtain positions they would normally never have reached and<br />
so on. Moreover, the authors consider corruption harmful to democracy. It<br />
damages the confidence in administrators, administrative procedures and<br />
the integrity of organizations. <strong>Corruption</strong> does not restrict itself to public<br />
administration but is also present in the private sector (Van de Bunt,<br />
1994).<br />
2.2 Integrity of public administration<br />
When the public administration is corrupted, administrative integrity<br />
decreases and results in administrative deterioration of quality. Hence the<br />
values of the democratic constitutional state are eroded (Huberts, 1994).<br />
<strong>Corruption</strong> in public administration involves the functioning of public<br />
servants; the officials (Barendse and Van Gemert, 1994). Many officials<br />
120
have a certain freedom of action by virtue of their position; they have (by<br />
mandate) at their disposal discretionary competences. The discretionary<br />
power of officials might be considered as an expression of institutionalised<br />
confidence. This offers several advantages from the administrative point of<br />
view. It is efficient and self-regulating and supervision is formalised. In<br />
the terminology of Bakker (chapter 1) such a system experiences low<br />
transaction costs. 2 However, the problem is that not every official fulfills<br />
the confidence placed in him or her and uses his or her competences for<br />
personal gain. The temptation to use competences to one’s own advantage<br />
is sometimes great and not every official can resist the temptation. The<br />
government has to cope with the problem of corrupt officials at all levels<br />
of the administration and attempts to reduce corruption by, among other<br />
things, introducing control mechanisms. Recent examples of such mechanisms<br />
are the establishment of points of anouncements and the development<br />
of codes of conduct (Van de Bunt, 1994). This results in high transaction<br />
costs but reduces the risk of corruption entering the organization. Government<br />
has been put under considerable pressure and has to arm itself<br />
against the increasing corruption. This awareness has grown steadily as the<br />
different cases of official corruption which are presently denounced give<br />
clear evidence.<br />
<strong>Corruption</strong> among officials in public departments which are established<br />
for the maintainance and execution of legislation undermines the<br />
legal system. These departments, which form the legal apparatus, occupy a<br />
special place within public administration. The Public Prosecutor, the<br />
judiciary and the police form the core of the governmental authority and<br />
are of great importance in the monitoring of its integrity. Questionable<br />
actions of for example the police jeopardize the legitimacy of the government<br />
and interfere with the democratic values of the society (Barendse and<br />
Van Gemert, 1994). Police corruption forms the central theme of the remainder<br />
of this article.<br />
2.3 Police corruption<br />
Bribery and misuse of authority by police officers is not a new problem.<br />
From a study of corrupt behaviour among English police officers, conducted<br />
in the nineteenth century, it is apparent that corruption was a problem<br />
at that time (Morton, 1993). Police officers are distinguished from<br />
other officials because they operate in an environment in which large<br />
amounts of money circulate and there are large economic interests. There-<br />
121
fore, the potential corruption of police officers by criminal organizations is<br />
an obvious problem (Pijl, 1991). Such organizations are able to offer large<br />
bribes and do not hesitate in using blackmail as a means of pressure. Developments<br />
in this context in organized crime are rapid. There is increasing<br />
evidence that in the Netherlands at least a few criminal organizations<br />
exist and that the public administration and the judicial apparatus are not<br />
invulnerable. The media pay increasing attention to administrative and<br />
police corruption and to organized crime as evidenced by the articles on<br />
these subjects which are published regularly. 3 In general there is a lack of<br />
clarity regarding police corruption due to the, mostly, loose reporting.<br />
However, due to the lack of other reliable sources, the use of media<br />
reports is unavoidable. They are incorporated in this article with great<br />
reservation.<br />
We shall further elaborate on the phenomenon of police corruption;<br />
what does this concept actually mean? In 1990 the working group ‘police<br />
corruption’ was established by the Advisory Commission of Criminal<br />
Investigation (Recherche Advies Commissie). The working group had the<br />
task of making an inventory of the nature and the extent of police corruption<br />
in the Netherlands. The following definition of police corruption was<br />
adopted by the working group: ‘the acceptance of money or other rewards<br />
by a police officer, in exchange for a compensation resulting in special<br />
protection of persons (or corporate bodies) by the police, or knowledge of<br />
confidential information, and/or the police not taking actions properly or<br />
not being able to carry out their tasks in a proper way’ (Fijnaut, 1993,<br />
p.8). The purport of this definition is that corruption occurs if police<br />
officers, carrying out their tasks, are rewarded by (criminal) third persons<br />
in exchange for one or more favours. These favours may consist of offering<br />
extra protection and/or giving confidential information and/or giving<br />
preferential treatment. The working group encountered several shortcomings<br />
with regard to the operationalisation of this definition. The definition<br />
of the working group starts from the ‘I-assist-you, you-assist-me’<br />
principle. this supposes that the police officer obviously has other motives<br />
than material ones, whereas this is in our opinion just at issue. We assume<br />
that compensation other than money (or other material goods) will be<br />
rarely used. The aspect of ‘not being able to carry out their tasks in a<br />
proper way’ is likewise a weak point in the definition because it refers to<br />
‘the whole of police action’ and therefore also to cases which, in themselves,<br />
are not related to corruption. In our view the definition of police<br />
corruption has to refer to: a) the benefits that could be enjoyed by a third<br />
122
person through offering money to the police officer, b) the gains that are<br />
enjoyed by the police officer through his financial enrichment and c) the<br />
fact that the police officer misuses his competences. Therefore we adopt<br />
this as a definition for this article.<br />
This last definition of police corruption allows us to ‘separate the<br />
wheat of the chaff’. Many cases that are made public, especially by the<br />
media, as cases of corruption do not fit our definition. Often they concern<br />
cases of robbery by police officers or improper functioning. Although such<br />
behaviour can be as reprehensible as corruption and can likewise jeopardize<br />
integrity, it is not the same.<br />
3. A theoretical framework<br />
3.1 Methodological individualism 4<br />
The theory of methodological individualism starts with the principle that<br />
individuals, and individual role models, which operate in an interactive<br />
system, are the smallest logical unit of research analysis (Boudon, 1981).<br />
Both individuals and interactions play a central role in the explanation of<br />
(macro) sociological phenomenons. Studying group behaviour, making<br />
choices, making decisions, are also possible with this theory if the group<br />
is well organized and has at its disposal institutions which are collectively<br />
able to take decisions that are binding on the whole group. An example is<br />
a government which takes decisions for the whole country. The group is<br />
considered as an individual that is able to make choices and tune its behaviour<br />
to others (individuals or groups) (Lindenberg, Coleman and<br />
Nowak, 1986). When applying methodological individualism to the<br />
phenomenon of police corruption it is necessary to extend the theory with<br />
an economic model of human behaviour that has been developed by<br />
among others Becker (1976) and Lindenberg (1976). The ‘homo economicus’<br />
according to Becker (1976) is a model of sociological and economic<br />
assumptions, and forms an abstraction of individual characteristics of<br />
conduct. The model can be defined as follows: ‘Restricted Resourceful<br />
Expecting Evaluating Maximizing Man’ and indicates that every individual<br />
aspires to the same goals, namely the maximalisation of income, status<br />
and power. Becker (1976) adds immaterial things such as health and<br />
pleasure. This aspiration is limited by rules that are imposed by an interaction<br />
system and by individual (group) possibilities and constraints.<br />
123
Furthermore the model assumes that individuals are able to consider different<br />
choices of behaviour rationally and to judge their own behaviour<br />
and the behaviour of others. The alternatives of behaviour are ways in<br />
which individuals try to achieve certain goals. In plain terms: every individual<br />
wants to achieve broadly the same goals, but can follow different<br />
courses within certain limitations. Boudon (1981) has designed a number<br />
of models with which macro sociological phenomenons can be analysed<br />
and explained (deductively) from a micro perspective. The models<br />
describe the following social processes: cumulative, dialectic, linear and<br />
cyclic (transformation) processes (pp.113-114; pp.120-121). The rationale<br />
of this distinction is that social change can be achieved in different ways.<br />
In each of the processes Boudon (1981) distinguishes three fundamental<br />
quantities: the dependence or interaction system, the environment, and the<br />
results. We focus on a transformation model. Transformation means that<br />
there is feedback between the individual elements. Schematically the transformation<br />
model can be drawn as follows:<br />
Figure 1: transformation model<br />
Source: Boudon, 1981<br />
The core of the model is the interaction system in which different (groups<br />
of) actors play a role. The actors are characterised by individual and group<br />
characteristics, common goals and by what we will call dispositions. In an<br />
124
interactive system the individuals or groups form the, so-called, dependence<br />
relationships. Certain actions of one individual, or group, affect<br />
others within the interactive system (Coleman, 1986). Characteristics of<br />
individuals, or groups, can be (depending on the process to be studied)<br />
level of education, cultural background, sex, employment, etc. The goals<br />
of the individuals, or groups, are largely as we said earlier. They all want<br />
to maximise their income, status and power. The concept of dispositions is<br />
rather complex. We define the concept as a certain ability, or an enhanced<br />
chance, of the exhibition of certain behaviour. The individual behaviour of<br />
choice occurs at the micro level and this forms the core of the analysis.<br />
The interactive system is the direct environment of the individual; this<br />
forms the meso level. The concept of an interactive system is further elaborated<br />
by means of a case study (section 6.1).<br />
The second element in the model is the environment at the macro<br />
level. At an aggregated level actors can be distinguished. In the environment,<br />
analogous to the terminology of Bakker (chapter 1), economic, legal<br />
and political institutions play a central role. Examples of institutional<br />
variables are the market mechanism, the legislation and procedures, and<br />
the political system.<br />
The third element encompasses the outcomes or output. The outcomes<br />
are the results of the behaviour of choice by individuals in the<br />
interactive system given a certain environment.<br />
The processes detailed above might occur between the three elements.<br />
With a cyclic, or transformation, process, a change in the environment<br />
might affect the interaction between individuals which subsequently<br />
changes the outcomes. The outcomes may affect the environment at the<br />
meso and/or macro level because feedback takes place. These effects occur<br />
directly and/or indirectly because of causal relationships between the three<br />
elements. In the following two sections a description is given as to how<br />
corruption can come into being at, respectively, the meso and macro level.<br />
4. <strong>Corruption</strong> at the meso level<br />
The police play a crucial role in the maintenance of the Dutch legal system.<br />
their job touches upon all sectors of society. In addition to the fight<br />
against criminality these areas include: public order, traffic control, social<br />
welfare, administrative and legal support (Kroes, Meiberg and Bruinsma,<br />
1994). Both minor and more serious criminal offences are considered. For<br />
125
civilians, the police are the most accessible, and the most visible, responsible<br />
institution regarding the maintenance of legislation (Carter, 1985).<br />
Society places reliance on the police with regard to the creation and the<br />
maintenance of a safe social climate. <strong>Corruption</strong> will undermine this confidence<br />
in the long run and will lead to decreased legitimacy. Several<br />
authors have designed indicators to identify corrupted elements so that<br />
these can be dealt with.<br />
The breeding ground of police corruption lies in the direct environment<br />
in which police officers operate. The direct environment of police<br />
officers is the interactive system in Boudon’s model (1981). From the<br />
study of police corruption by Fijnaut (1993) it is apparent that police<br />
officers have a large discretionary competence. The relative freedom in the<br />
use of competences suggests the potential for corruptive elements. There is<br />
hardly any real insight into the way in which the job is executed and<br />
therefore inspection is difficult. This means that there has to be absolute<br />
reliability and integrity. However, there are individuals within the police<br />
force who do not meet these requirements. From the case of corruption<br />
presented by Fijnaut (1993) it is apparent that corruption can occur individually<br />
as well as within groups of police. In a number of small units<br />
(narcotics department, aliens police, special legislation) it became clear<br />
that the members made private agreements regarding the execution of<br />
questionable transactions. The author was surprised at the phenomenon of<br />
group corruption because with smaller units there is often strict supervision.<br />
The high measure of specialism of the units was, however, the<br />
cause of a solid position of authority within the organization and a fair<br />
amount of freedom in the execution of tasks. Through the attachment of<br />
individual members to a unit, and the pressures which can be exerted on<br />
them, corruption in groups may arise.<br />
Walker (1983) assumes that corruption among police officers stems<br />
from individual and/or social factors which are inherent to the<br />
organizational characteristics of the police force. Delattre (1989) presents<br />
three hypotheses that also refer to these elements. The formulation of<br />
hypotheses can serve as a means of searching for an explanation for the<br />
existence of corruption within the police organization. In the first hypothesis<br />
psychological factors are central elements. The explanation of corruption<br />
is ‘fitting in’, a stealthy process of blurring regarding professional<br />
norms among police officers. This process starts with the acceptance of<br />
little presents and expressions of gratitude from civilians and finally<br />
results in participation in more serious criminal activities. Delattre’s<br />
126
second hypothesis refers to a social process that may occur in police<br />
forces. In this hypothesis Delattre presents the concept of cynicism among<br />
the police as the cause of corruption. Cynicism among police officers can<br />
arise if they see hardly any result of their activities. For each criminal that<br />
is arrested two new offences are committed. As a result of this, they lose<br />
their faith in humanity and have the feeling that their work makes little<br />
difference. The purport of the hypothesis is that, through the increase of<br />
cynicism, corruption will finally be accepted in the police organization.<br />
The third hypothesis is the well-known ‘rotten apple’ hypothesis. Because<br />
of poor selection ‘rotten apples’ enter the police organization and a process<br />
of contamination is started. None of the three individual hypotheses is<br />
sufficient to give a full explanation of corruption, but in combination they<br />
seem to be very useful.<br />
Sechrest and Burns (1992) test these hypotheses in the ‘Miami Case’.<br />
On the basis of a number of questions an attempt is made to find support<br />
for the hypotheses. It would be too digressive to discuss these questions<br />
extensively. We will concentrate on the most important results. It should<br />
be mentioned that the discussion is one specific case so that it is not possible<br />
to draw firm conclusions from the results of this study. Sechrest and<br />
Burns (1992) found empirical evidence that supported the hypotheses of<br />
Delattre (1989). In 1985 three drugs incidents occurred within a short<br />
period. In each of these incidents drug smugglers were arrested by the<br />
police. During these events, large amounts of cocaine disappeared after<br />
seizure by the police. From an investigation it emerged that nineteen<br />
police officers concealed part of the confiscated drugs and sold it to<br />
dealers. However the study does not elaborate on the circumstances in<br />
which the police officers turned to the concealment of drugs. Up to 1988,<br />
more than hundred police officers were suspended, dismissed and charged.<br />
Sechrest and Burns refer to a number of factors that explain the introduction<br />
of corruption to the police force of Miami. Firstly, there was a<br />
strong increase in criminality and serious social unrest at the beginning of<br />
the eighties. A situation arose of ‘fighting a losing battle’. It was not possible<br />
to control the enormous growth in criminals. This led to a situation<br />
of demotivation and cynicism among the police personnel. The pressure on<br />
the police force to recrute more people increased. The relative scarcity of<br />
good qualified personnel was met with less stringent selection procedures.<br />
There was an intake of less qualified and less experienced personnel.<br />
Secondly, at the beginning of the eighties a policy of positive discrimination<br />
was announced: Spanish and Afro-American citizens had priority<br />
127
over white Americans. Sechrest and Burns (1992) assert, on the basis of<br />
supporting data, that the corrupt police officers in Miami significantly<br />
originate more from the minority groups. Thirdly, Sechrest and Burns<br />
argued that, at the beginning of the eighties, the management of the police<br />
in Miami failed and they gave their personnel too much freedom in the<br />
execution of their tasks. No action was taken to reduce the large-scale<br />
corruption which indicates a certain tolerance by the management.<br />
The research of Sechrest and Burns (1992) shows that processes at<br />
the meso level are important with respect to the origin of corruption. The<br />
three hypotheses are all, although not always fully, supported by the empirical<br />
data. This brings us nearer to an explanation of corruption. An<br />
analysis at the meso level gives an insight into the existence of corruptive<br />
elements in the work environment of the individual. At this level conditions<br />
are present which have a facilitating function regarding corruption.<br />
Analogous to Fijnaut (1993) we ask the question why so few police<br />
officers are engaged in questionable transactions and why many others,<br />
under the same circumstances, are not. For an explanation of these individual<br />
differences it is necessary to take another step, in the direction of a<br />
micro analysis. A micro analysis can serve as a means of finding the<br />
answer to the question what individual factors are important concerning<br />
the choice to avail, or not to avail, oneself of the opportunities for corruption<br />
that occur at the meso level. The investigations of Walker (1983),<br />
Delattre (1989) Sechrest and Burns (1992), and also of Fijnaut (1993)<br />
clearly show that the understanding of corruption increases if an analysis<br />
is conducted at different levels. In the final part of this article we will<br />
further elaborate on the role of the individual regarding the origin of corruption;<br />
the micro perspective. To that end, the transformation model of<br />
Boudon (1981), discussed earlier, will be applied. Using this model it is<br />
described how individuals can be corrupted, which individual characteristics<br />
play a role in this process, and how this is connected with (macro)<br />
institutional changes.<br />
5. Towards a micro perspective<br />
Literature on corruption especially police corruption in which the role of<br />
the individual forms a central aspect is difficult to find. In our opinion<br />
there has hardly been any research conducted in this area. Fijnaut (1993),<br />
a leader in the field of police corruption, also found this. In his research<br />
128
he stresses two important factors which play a role in the corruption of<br />
individual police officers: the normalization of deviant behaviour and the<br />
neutralization of norms. The first factor indicates that deviant behaviour is<br />
not defined as such by a corrupt individual. He or she thinks such behaviour<br />
is admissible and also justifiable within the environment. 5 The<br />
second factor, norm neutralization concerns the moral ethics of a corrupt<br />
individual who uses various arguments to neutralize them (the norms). So<br />
to speak, an offence is reasoned away by means of (in fact improper)<br />
arguments and justifications. 6 These mechanisms can explain how people<br />
make their improper behaviour acceptable to themselves. They show how<br />
police officers, sometimes after impressive service, can fall into corrupt<br />
ways. However, it does not explain why someone is corrupted and another<br />
is not. In other words, the factors only give an insight into individuals<br />
who are corrupted and how they behave. The factors that could explain<br />
why individuals, under the same circumstances, with the same possibilities<br />
(e.g. to neutralize norms) and confronting the same seductions, do not<br />
make the same choices, are not discussed in the analysis of Fijnaut. Corrupt<br />
behaviour, not seen as reprehensible, or even seen as perfectly acceptable<br />
is, as well as the neutralization of norms, a process that, under influence<br />
of the environment and determined by individual characteristics,<br />
occurs within an individual. In addition, interaction processes between one<br />
individual and other individuals at the meso level play a crucial role in the<br />
origin and consolidation of corruption. In the next section an attempt is<br />
made to give further insight into these processes by applying the transformation<br />
model to a case study: corruption within the aliens police department.<br />
5.1 <strong>Corruption</strong> within the aliens police department: a micro analysis<br />
Earlier in this article it was asserted that media reports on police corruption<br />
are hard to test for reliability. From the lack of empirical research<br />
on this subject, we are compelled to use material which stems from these<br />
poorer sources. In the description below we make use of a journalistic<br />
study into the occurence of white slavery in which corruption within the<br />
aliens police department was revealed.<br />
In 1992 the Belgian journalist Chris de Stoop published a book titled<br />
‘They are so nice, sir’. In this book the vicissitudes of women who are<br />
lured with promises of work, money and housing from South-East Asia,<br />
Latin America, Africa and Eastern Europe to the West play a central role.<br />
129
Once they arrive in the West the women are blackmailed and forced into<br />
prostitution. De Stoop (1992) examined this extensive white slavery and<br />
encountered a group of well organized pimps known as the ‘Gang of the<br />
Milliardaire’. The author made an attempt to give further insights into the<br />
extent and gravity of white slavery. The book does not meet this ambition,<br />
but rather puts forward a number of interesting notions. From interviews<br />
with several women it appeared that members of the aliens police department<br />
had participated in the white slavery activities. From De Stoop’s<br />
(1992) data on the activities of the traders, and the way in which members<br />
of the Rotterdam aliens police department supported their activities, it can<br />
be concluded that this is a matter of police corruption.<br />
5.2 The environment and interaction system<br />
After the popularity of holidays to countries such as Thailand and the<br />
Philippines, the demand for exotic women increased in the West European<br />
prostitution market during the eighties. The main sources are South-East<br />
Asia, Latin America, Africa and Eastern Europe. The enormous demand<br />
for these women led to the situation that certain people in the supplying<br />
countries engaged themselves in the recruitment and smuggling of the<br />
women. The women, usually naive and in good faith, put themselves voluntarily<br />
in the hands of a pimp because they did not know his bad intentions.<br />
In addition, the often weak social-economic background of the women<br />
leads to the situation where they want to believe the promises related<br />
to a career as a dancer, hostess, waitress or administrative employee. In<br />
their own countries the prospects are in general very poor and this is considered<br />
to be a chance to escape. The disappointment is of course huge<br />
when it is apparent that the promises are false. Once the journey is taken<br />
there is no way back, In order to force the women into prostitution they<br />
are blackmailed and threatened with violence. The passports are withheld<br />
and they are paid very little.<br />
The dealers in women in the West know the sex circuit well and<br />
have a network of owners of sex clubs. They keep in contact with pimps<br />
and match supply to demand. These are largely the activities of the dealers<br />
of the ‘Gang of the Milliardaire’. In a short time they knew how to create<br />
a network of sex clubs in the Netherlands, Belgium and Spain. One of the<br />
most important factors with respect to the success of the ‘Gang of the<br />
Milliardaire’ was the existence of an agency that, under the banner of<br />
‘artist recruitment’, brought women from the poorer countries to the<br />
130
Netherlands. In the Netherlands ‘entertainers’ can get a fully legal labour<br />
permit within the context of the current labour market policy. The Dutch<br />
employment bureaus do not have sufficient candidates for the job of<br />
striptease dancer and as a result the artistic agencies can apply for permits<br />
for foreign striptease dancers. However, the ‘artistic agency’ that worked<br />
for the Gang only acted as a front for the employment of foreign women<br />
in prostitution. A number of policemen from the aliens police department<br />
discovered that women were living and working illegally in the Netherlands.<br />
However, they became corrupted, they did not hand over victims to<br />
the legal administration but returned them to the prostitution network.<br />
Subsequently they provided the women with labour permits and required<br />
stamps. From research into the corrupt police it was apparent that they<br />
informed the ‘Gang of the Milliardaire’ about raids the police were preparing.<br />
As a reward for their services the policemen were welcome in the<br />
clubs owned by the gang and they received money.<br />
This is a short outline of an interactive system in which pimps, sex<br />
operators, foreign women and members of the aliens police department<br />
play the leading roles. The system comes into being and consolidates in a<br />
(macro) environment in which economic rules (demand and supply in the<br />
labour market), poor legislation and execution (the Dutch aliens act, labour<br />
permits), a liberal climate with respect to prostitution, and finally a politically<br />
positive policy (low priority given to prostitution and female slavery)<br />
form favourable conditions.<br />
The interactive system shows that the goals of the involved actors are<br />
largely the same. Every actor wants to improve his or her economic position.<br />
In addition the women try to escape from their poor position in their<br />
own countries. The sex operators try to increase their profits and aim for<br />
status and power in their circuit. However, the central question is why<br />
members of the aliens police department allowed themselves to be corrupted.<br />
We consider the corruption of members of the aliens police department<br />
to be an outcome of the interactive system within the specific environment.<br />
5.3 The outcome<br />
As we stated earlier, we talk of police corruption if a third person enjoys<br />
gains by offering money to a police officer, the police officer enriches<br />
himself financially and therefore misuses his or her competences. From<br />
our point of view the case study certainly meets these conditions. Firstly,<br />
131
the dealers in women could practice their activities by blackmailing members<br />
of the aliens police department. As a result of their contacts with<br />
these police officers, the Gang prevented the expulsion of the women who<br />
were staying illegally in the Netherlands. Secondly, the dealers were<br />
informed of the planned raids by the police of the sex clubs which they<br />
owned and where most of the women were working. Thirdly, the members<br />
of the aliens police department accepted money or other services in compensation<br />
for their questionable services. Finally, the police officers misused<br />
their competences. They protected the illegal women against the legal<br />
administration instead of reporting them. In addition they granted false<br />
labour permits to the women.<br />
Members of the aliens police department, corrupt or not, aspire to<br />
maximise income, status and recognition. The differences between police<br />
officers who behave corruptly and those wo do not are related to the disposition<br />
of some officers with respect to the choice of such behaviour. The<br />
mechanisms to which Fijnaut (1993) refers, namely normalization of<br />
deviant (corruptive) behaviour and neutralization of norms, occur with the<br />
officers who have a certain ability in that direction. This ability leads<br />
some officers to act corrupt if there is a possibility. In the case of corruption<br />
at the aliens police department, four aspects are important from<br />
our point of view. The way in which a member of the aliens police department<br />
tries to achieve his or her goals depends on their labour motivation,<br />
their moral consciousness, their identification with the tasks of the aliens<br />
police department and their judgement on women in general (Pijl, 1991).<br />
The dispositions can be considered as characteristics which can differ individually.<br />
The labour motivation heavily depends on the expectations that<br />
an individual has if they apply for a job with the police. High aspirations,<br />
which are not realised, can be the cause of this motivation. The moral<br />
consciousness and also the judgment of women are influenced by background,<br />
education and other important factors. If an individual is not, or<br />
not sufficiently, socialised with norms about good and bad, respect and<br />
understanding of others, tolerance and so on, they will be disposed to<br />
deviant behaviour. The identification with the tasks of the aliens police<br />
department also depends on the consciousness of norms. An individual<br />
who does not feel himself allied to the task of the aliens police department,<br />
namely the exclusion of illegal foreigners from the Netherlands, is<br />
liable to become corrupt or to skimp on their work.<br />
132
5.4 The dynamic in the transformation-model<br />
In the discussion of the transformation-model it has been stated that there<br />
are feedback processes between the elements. The model can give an<br />
insight into the way in which processes at the micro and meso level can<br />
have consequences for the macro level. In other words, how micro processes<br />
can lead to institutional changes: the dynamic in the model.<br />
The existence of corruption is feedback to the actors in the interactive<br />
system, and in the environment, by means of internal and external flows<br />
of information. The internal flows of information concern the feedback<br />
between the organizations and actors at different levels. Events are formally<br />
or informally spread by the involved persons. The external flows of<br />
information (media) have an additional and sometimes coercive role. The<br />
media, and other indirectly involved people, give publicity to events. The<br />
flows of information draw attention of actors, such as politicians, the<br />
police, institutions, administrators and members of the Public Prosecution<br />
Department, to the presence of corruption and sometimes force them to<br />
take measures quickly. In the case of the corruption at the aliens police<br />
department, the actors would have mainly received information about<br />
aliens legislation that was not properly executed and about the fact that the<br />
discretionary competences of the police officers led to corruption. The<br />
latter is related to the lack of control of the functioning of the aliens<br />
police department. The transformation model supposes progression, i.e. by<br />
giving publicity to corruption; legislation will improve, procedures will be<br />
adjusted for the better, and the political priorities will change. Finally<br />
corruption will occur less often. This is one possibility but we can think of<br />
others.<br />
According to Bakker (chapter 1) corruption affects the legitimacy of<br />
the political, legal and economic institutions. She argued for the existence<br />
of a causal relationship between corruption and decreasing legitimacy.<br />
There is a relationship between the attempt to maintain or restore the<br />
legitimacy of authority and the combat of corruption. In the description of<br />
corruption in the case study, the political and police legitimacy can be<br />
restored by a reduction in the discretionary capacity of the aliens police<br />
department and by more stringent selection criteria. In addition changes in<br />
the legal institutions (legislation concerning aliens law, labour permits)<br />
will positively influence the restoration of the legitimacy. The following<br />
133
scheme can be drawn up after inserting the data from the case in the transformation<br />
model.<br />
6. Conclusions<br />
In this article an attempt has been made to argue the value of an analysis<br />
of the origin of corruption at the micro level. The theory of methodological<br />
individualism is used to answer the question why; under the same<br />
circumstances, one individual behaves corruptly and another does not. The<br />
origin of corruption, approached from the micro perspective, is largely<br />
determined by dispositions, which affect how a person pursues his individual<br />
goals. Therefore the origin of corruption depends not only on transformation<br />
processes at an aggregate level, but also on other, individual,<br />
processes of choice. We have used journalistic material on corruption<br />
within the police department to this end. By means of the transformation<br />
model of Boudon we can conclude that the origin of corruption lies in<br />
factors which are present at the macro and meso level. Economic patterns,<br />
poor legislation and insufficient political supervision are determinants at<br />
the macro level. At the meso level conditions are created which can facilitate<br />
corruption. The presence of organized crime, in which large amounts<br />
of money circulate, and the discretionary competences of the aliens police<br />
officers are important here. Finally, dispositions at the micro level affect<br />
the individual’s choice of corrupt behaviour. Low labour motivation, a<br />
poor awareness of norms, a weak moral responsibility, little identification<br />
with the tasks of the aliens police department, and a negative judgement of<br />
women are dispositions under which corrupt behaviour develops. The<br />
personal background of the officers and the socialisation of norms and<br />
values through upbringing and education form the final elements in the<br />
search for an explanation of individual corruption.<br />
The aspects discussed in this article are insufficiently elaborated and<br />
are hardly based at all on empirical grounds. More research is necessary<br />
into the causal relationships between individual characteristics and corrupt<br />
behaviour. In theory there are sufficient starting points to make such relations<br />
plausible.<br />
We have tried to make clear that the search for explanations for<br />
corruption in a broader perspective is an enrichment of the results this<br />
research will provide.<br />
134
Notes<br />
1. The authors wish to thank Stasja Draisma, Heleen Bakker and Nico Schulte<br />
Nordholt for their critical reading and comments on an earlier draft of this<br />
article and Connie Hoekstra for drawing the graphs and Kunera van der Belt<br />
for translating the original manuscript into English.<br />
2. For an extensive description of the concept of ‘transaction costs’ the reader<br />
is referred to Bakker (chapter 1) and to De Vries (1992).<br />
3. For an overview of recent newspaper-articles see the references at the end of<br />
this article.<br />
4. It would be too digressive to discuss extensively all the theoretical and analytical<br />
implications of this theory. Here the reader is referred to among<br />
others Boudon (1981), Opp and Hümmell (1973) and Lindenberg and Stokman<br />
(1983).<br />
5. Fijnaut asked police functionaries, suspected of corruption, about their corruptive<br />
behaviour. Not one of the interviewees defined his or her behaviouras<br />
corruptive. They rather thought their behaviour ‘stupid’ or ‘beyond the<br />
bounds’, but in their opinion they had not committed ‘real criminal things’.<br />
6. During interviews arguments were given such as ‘working under pressure’,<br />
injustice of the policy’, ‘nobody is harmed by it’, etc. (Fijnaut, 1993).<br />
135
Epilogue<br />
Nico G. Schulte Nordholt & Heleen E. Bakker 1<br />
In the Introduction and Chapter 1, a number of questions were raised. First<br />
of all, it was asked what the source of corruption is. How can differences<br />
in the occurrence of corruption between countries be explained? Which<br />
mechanisms can be held responsible for the introduction and the consolidation<br />
of corruption in a society? A second subject of inquiry was the<br />
relationship between corruption and legitimacy. Does corruption lead to a<br />
straightforward decline of the legitimacy of a regime? It was suggested in<br />
Chapter 1 that legitimacy has different dimensions, and that corruption<br />
may have varying effects on these dimensions. Is this hypothesis<br />
supported? Thirdly, it was argued in Chapter 1 that the new institutional<br />
economics framework may provide better starting points to investigate the<br />
relationship between corruption and legitimacy than the moralist and revisionist<br />
frameworks. It was suggested by Bakker that three instruments<br />
from the new institutional economics toolkit - the concepts of property<br />
rights, principal-agent and transaction costs - offer a more neutral and a<br />
more concise, ‘businesslike’ means for the analysis of the effects of corruption<br />
than moralist and revisionist frameworks. Now what is the added<br />
value of this new approach, which expresses the costs and benefits of<br />
corruption in terms of transaction costs?<br />
In the Epilogue, the findings from the separate Chapters are related to<br />
these questions, in order to assess the merits of the institutional framework<br />
presented in this volume. Next, this volume’s findings are linked to the<br />
results of the Dutch Parliamentary Inquiry on police investigation methods<br />
which were published in February 1996. How should we judge the outcomes<br />
of the Inquiry in view of the arguments that have been brought<br />
forward in this volume? The Epilogue concludes with an exploration of<br />
this question.<br />
With regard to the source of corruption, it is concluded that the concept<br />
of ‘institutional discrepancy’ indeed offers an explanation for this<br />
phenomenon, as was suggested in the Introduction. The degree to which<br />
norms and values of different institutions conflict in a society is essential<br />
to understand why corruption penetrates some societies more than others.<br />
The concept of ‘systemic corruption’, introduced by Caiden and Caiden in<br />
137
1977, is indeed a valid concept. However, this concept should not be<br />
interpreted in a quantitative way, as if systemic corruption were just more<br />
of the same, namely individual corruption. Institutions form the core of the<br />
analysis, not individuals. That this approach is valuable, is confirmed by<br />
the findings of the separate authors. Basu emphasizes that economic<br />
reform should not be isolated from legal and institutional reform. If economic<br />
institutions are not based on a suitable institutional base, the reform<br />
process will stagnate. One of the most basic institutional reforms required,<br />
is that the government lives up to the principle of contract. Every violation<br />
of this principle brings with it the potential for corruption, ‘because<br />
individuals may want to collude to get around the law’.<br />
Following Wertheim’s description of the transition from a patrimonial<br />
to a rational-legal bureaucracy, the analysis of Schulte Nordholt confirms<br />
that horizontal institutional discrepancy is a breeding ground for corruption<br />
in Indonesia. The different norms and values incorporated in old and new<br />
institutions are shown to result in both large and small scale corruption.<br />
There is a clear tension between the functions of the patrimonial bureaucracy<br />
and the modern, developmentalist state in the New Order. Braadbaart<br />
comes to the same conclusion. Several circumstances in the<br />
Indonesian context reinforce the natural inclination of tenderers to ‘conspire’<br />
with a bidding firm (= corruption!). The officials appointed to the<br />
tendering committees are underpaid and therefore forced to generate additional<br />
income. Illegal self-enrichment is institutionalized from the highest<br />
levels down through the ranks. The cross-agency controls and checking<br />
mechanisms that the Indonesian government has introduced in order to<br />
deal with the kickback problem in Indonesia are weakly developed, with<br />
every department and body acting more and less as a self-contained unit.<br />
The condition of transparency, required to bridge the institutional gap, is<br />
not met. Both Braadbaart and Schulte Nordholt agree that transparency is<br />
the key to a more permanent solution of the problem of corruption in<br />
Indonesian society.<br />
However, the origin of corruption depends not only on transformation<br />
processes and institutional discrepancies at an aggregate level, but also on<br />
other, individual, processes of choice. Kroes and De Boer distinguish three<br />
levels: macro, meso and micro. Analogous to Bakker, they describe economic<br />
patterns, poor legislation and inadequate political supervision as<br />
determinants at the macro level. At the meso level, other conditions that<br />
potentially facilitate corruption, are distinguished. The authors look into<br />
the specific case of corruption within the aliens’ police departments in the<br />
138
Netherlands. The large amounts of money that circulate within the context<br />
of organized crime and the discretionary scope of decision making of the<br />
aliens’ police officers are important factors in this case. Finally, dispositions<br />
at the micro level affect an individual’s choice. Low labour<br />
motivation, poor awareness of norms, weak moral responsibility, little<br />
identification with the tasks of the aliens’ police department and a negative<br />
judgement regarding particular groups of people (women in this case) are<br />
factors that contribute to the origin of corruption. The personal background<br />
of the officers and the socialization of norms and values form the final<br />
elements in the search for an explanation of individual corruption.<br />
In analysing the relationship between corruption and legitimacy,<br />
Schulte Nordholt concludes that it is useful to distinguish between the<br />
political, economic and legal dimensions of legitimacy. In some cases, the<br />
high cost economy with its corruption and maladjustments nevertheless<br />
results in economic and political legitimacy, without negatively affecting<br />
the legal legitimacy. In other cases, however, the legal legitimacy of the<br />
regime declines, and at the same time, the regime’s power basis crumbles.<br />
<strong>Corruption</strong> is brought before the court, and transparency and clean governance<br />
is called for. However, the OPSTIB anti-corruption campaign is seen<br />
to have had an economic objective as well (to collect an outstanding debt).<br />
The legal combat of corruption thus has a Janus face. Schulte Nordholt<br />
illustrates this with several examples, all stressing the importance of actors<br />
and motives in the discussion on (combatting) corruption. Braadbaart<br />
confirms that political legitimacy and economic efficiency may lead to<br />
conflicting demands upon political leaders. In sensitive branches such as<br />
building construction and civil engineering, contractors have ample opportunities<br />
for tampering with the quality of the product or service they supply.<br />
This creates a natural tendency to move away from the price-competitive<br />
ideal of anonymous tendering towards close cooperation with one<br />
or a few bidders. However, in order not to lose its - legal - legitimacy, the<br />
government must uphold the norm of anonymous tendering vis-a-vis the<br />
public even though relational contracting may provide a better - more efficient<br />
- result, and may thus lead to a higher degree of economic legitimacy.<br />
With regard to the value of the new institutional framework presented<br />
by Bakker in Chapter 1, it is concluded here that the instruments of property<br />
rights, principal-agent and transaction costs indeed offer useful starting<br />
points for the analysis of corruption. The concept of property rights is<br />
closely related to what has been said earlier about the source of corrup-<br />
139
tion. Indeed, property rights need to be clearly established in order to<br />
bridge the institutional gap that is seen to create opportunities for corruption<br />
in a society. Basu agrees with this point of view: economic reforms<br />
should have a sound institutional basis: ‘the enormous costs of grafting the<br />
market system onto economics which do not satisfy the institutional prerequisites<br />
for such a system are evident from the recent experience in<br />
Eastern Europe’. Introducing a market system without satisfying the institutional<br />
conditions that ‘back’ such a system leads to high costs and<br />
reverse effects. Property rights are thus essential in order to bridge the<br />
institutional gap and banish opportunities for corruption.<br />
De Zwart gives an example of an anti-corruption policy that uses the<br />
relationship between a principal and his agents as a lever. The transfer of<br />
government officials indeed succeeds in preventing parochial corruption<br />
(related to the patrimonial state) but at the same time these transfers result<br />
in market corruption (related to the modern, developmentalist state).<br />
Again, there is a clear tension between norms and values of these separate<br />
‘realities’.<br />
The concepts of property rights, principal-agent and transaction cost<br />
seem to be useful starting points to investigate corruption. These instruments<br />
avoid the traps of the moralist and revisionist approach. However,<br />
Schulte Nordholt points out that, when analysing the relationship between<br />
corruption and legitimacy, it is important to know who focuses on ‘corruption’<br />
as an issue, and for what reasons. It is not sufficient to express<br />
the costs and benefits of corruption in transaction costs. In addition, the<br />
actors and their motives should be clearly distinguished, in order to assess<br />
the effect on the legitimacy of a regime: ‘in relation to legitimacy, a clear<br />
distinction has to be made as to what extent the criticism stems from a<br />
feeling by traders, license-holders and managers of being ‘slighted’, or<br />
stems from a more fundamental criticism....Criticisms in the first category<br />
do not directly form a threat to the political and economic legitimacy: the<br />
elite can selectively silence the largest critics by sharing with them the<br />
access to certain economic sources. The second category of criticism does<br />
form a potential threat to the political-economic legitimacy of the Suharto<br />
government...’.<br />
140
The Parliamentary Inquiry<br />
What is the significance of the observations made in this volume in relation<br />
to the results of the Parliamentary Inquiry in the Netherlands on<br />
police investigation methods? The remainder of this Chapter looks into<br />
this question. First, a brief summary of the Parliamentary Inquiry and its<br />
direct cause is given. Second, an observation is made regarding how it<br />
happened that corruption entered this specific field. Third, the question is<br />
asked how the legitimacy that has been negatively affected, can be<br />
restored.<br />
The abuses within one of the Dutch interregional investigation departments<br />
on organized crime, that was in charge of uncovering drug transfers,<br />
were the direct cause of the recent Parliamentary Inquiry on police investigation<br />
methods. One of the investigation methods used by the CID (Criminal<br />
Investigation Department) consisted of the recruitment of an informant<br />
from the criminal circuit who was to brief the CID on drug transfers in the<br />
hope that this would enable the department to trace criminal organizations.<br />
In exchange for this information, the informant was given protection.<br />
However, the whole situation got out of hand. It even came to a point<br />
where the whole apparatus was captured by this one informant. Meanwhile,<br />
officers had become actively involved in the channelling of large<br />
shipments of drugs, and took part in selling these drugs at the market. The<br />
brains behind this operation were two officers from the CID involved<br />
(region Kennemerland), now nicknamed ‘the king’s couple’. Their<br />
superiors within the Public Prosecutor’s Office, who had to give approval<br />
to this ‘controlled channelling of drugs’, were partly aware of what was<br />
going on, but were not familiar with the exact ins and outs of the operation<br />
and the amount of money involved. This partial awareness went up<br />
to the Ministerial level. One thing was clear: it was extremely hard to<br />
withdraw from these illegal activities, the argument being that the safety<br />
of the informant could no longer be guaranteed if the CID was to withdraw<br />
from the operation. Hence the statement that the apparatus was being<br />
‘captured’ by the informant: ‘The investigation department and the Public<br />
Prosecutor’s Office have freed a genie from the lamp which they no<br />
longer control’. 2 In terms of rounding up criminal organizations, the investigation<br />
method did not lead to the desired results. The ultimate objective<br />
of the operation was thus not achieved. However, the informant - and,<br />
possibly, the officers themselves did gain considerable extra income by<br />
141
selling drugs that had been cleared through customs with the CID’s knowledge.<br />
Not all this money has been recovered as yet.<br />
When the public finally got wind of what was going on, a wave of<br />
negative publicity overran the Netherlands, criticizing the investigation<br />
method and questioning the legitimacy of the police departments and the<br />
Public Prosecutor’s Office. The democratic control exercised by both<br />
parliament and press made an end to the improper practices that were<br />
ongoing. 3 A Parliamentary Inquiry Commission was established, under the<br />
Chairmanship of Mr. Maarten van Traa. The Commission worked with a<br />
broad mandate: apart from looking into this particular case, the Commission<br />
also had to present a map of organized crime in the Netherlands.<br />
For this purpose, several in-depth studies were conducted by specialists on<br />
the subject. The separate studies concentrated on organized crime in different<br />
branches, and they also looked into the ethnic composition of criminal<br />
organizations. In total, the final report of the Van Traa Commission comprises<br />
some 5000 pages.<br />
If we link the case described above to Bayley’s definition of corruption<br />
(‘<strong>Corruption</strong>...is a general term covering misuse of authority as a result<br />
of considerations of personal gain’) it is clear that the activities of the<br />
CID officers involved in the channelling of drug transportations and the<br />
selling of the drugs at the market, come within this definition. What<br />
started out as a method to fight organized crime soon led to a cooperation<br />
with organized crime. This may not have been deliberate in the beginning,<br />
but it certainly evolved into this in the end. The objective was thought to<br />
justify all possible means, but in the excitement of the game, people lost<br />
track of the objective and concentrated on the means only. It is clear that<br />
the ‘king’s couple’ personally benefitted from the obscure transactions,<br />
which makes their behaviour truly ‘corrupt’ in the sense of Bayley’s definition.<br />
4 However, the thin line between activities that fell within the scope<br />
of the assignment and activities that fell outside this scope, was crossed on<br />
several occasions. This points to a more structural phenomenon, which<br />
cannot be explained by the personalities of the ‘king’s couple’ only.<br />
Officers used their competences to infiltrate into the criminal circuit.<br />
At the same time, criminal organizations tried to infiltrate the police departments<br />
and the Public Prosecutor’s Office. The separate studies show<br />
that international criminal organizations have a majority share in drug<br />
trade. Criminologists Fijnaut and Bovenkerk studied this in detail.<br />
Fijnaut’s conclusion is that there are approximately 35 ‘white’ networks in<br />
the Netherlands, especially involved in the trade in soft drugs. In addition,<br />
142
dozens of foreign networks are active. A kind of task division has<br />
evolved: heroin comes in mainly from Turkey and China, and cocaine<br />
comes in from Morocco, Surinam and other South American countries. 5<br />
Bovenkerk almost caused a row when he declared in front of the Inquiry<br />
Commission that the percentage of Turks living in Amsterdam and<br />
involved in drug trade reached the figure of some tens. He later rephrased<br />
this and said it was ‘a very considerable amount’. 6 In any case, it is clear<br />
that the lion’s share of criminal organizations related to drug trade in the<br />
Netherlands originates from overseas. These organisations send their vanguards,<br />
who engage in criminal activities, to the Netherlands. Attempts to<br />
infiltrate into the Dutch legal system and the police departments have been<br />
reported. The Parliamentary Inquiry has even revealed an attempt by the<br />
former Commander of the Surinamese armed forces, Desi Bouterse, who is<br />
believed to be heavily involved in drug transactions himself, to infiltrate<br />
the police force. On the whole, however, Fijnaut concludes that the organized<br />
crime has, at the moment, hardly any roots in Dutch public bodies<br />
such as the Public Prosecutor’s Office and the police force. 7<br />
How did corruption enter the field? This case confirms the hypothesis<br />
of institutional discrepancy as a breeding ground for corruption. There is<br />
hardly any regulation concerning investigation methods used to round up<br />
criminal organizations, and control mechanisms are absent as well. The<br />
Parliamentary Inquiry underlined the image of a ‘disrupted and rudderless<br />
legal apparatus’. 8 Up to the highest level, that of the Minister of Justice,<br />
the legal apparatus was ‘frightened’ by the impression (created and sustained<br />
by the central investigation information department) that the Netherlands<br />
was being flooded with criminal organizations that tried to infiltrate<br />
into the highest levels of the public service. In order to countervail this<br />
development, the criminal investigation departments were practically given<br />
‘carte blanche’ as regards their investigation methods. There were no legal<br />
frameworks for investigation methods, no guidelines, no set conditions,<br />
and no checks and balances. Communication between the CID and the<br />
Public Prosecutor’s Officer was not formalized, and the superiors had no<br />
insight into the activities of the investigation departments. The difference<br />
in culture between the main actors in this game, the CID and the Public<br />
Prosecutor’s Office, added to the absence of smooth working relations<br />
between them. The result of all this was that CID officers to a large extent<br />
operated by themselves, independent from their superiors within the Public<br />
Prosecutor’s Office. This lack of legal and administrative institutions pro-<br />
143
vided an ideal situation for people to take responsibility into their own<br />
hands, resulting in abuses and, finally, corruption.<br />
In addition to this horizontal institutional discrepancy, the vertical<br />
institutional discrepancy contributed to the rise of abuses and corrupt<br />
practices as well. Fijnaut points to the fact that some sectors are extremely<br />
sensitive to crime, and, as a result of this, open possibilities for corruption.<br />
He lists the examples of the transport sector and the hotel and catering<br />
industry. 9 This is in line with Braadbaart’s observations regarding the<br />
construction and civil engineering sector in Indonesia (Chapter 5) and<br />
Carduner’s statement regarding capital-intensive construction works in<br />
Bangladesh. These sectors have a ‘higher misappropriation potential’. 10<br />
Why are the transport sector and the hotel and catering industry in the<br />
Netherlands more sensitive to crime? Both sectors are highly internationalized,<br />
which makes it harder to control them effectively. The Rotterdam<br />
harbour is still the biggest in the world, and to control every incoming<br />
shipment is an impossibility. The hotel and catering industry is, to a great<br />
extent, in hands of groups of foreigners, who may operate as vanguards<br />
for criminal organizations in their home countries. For a national criminal<br />
investigation department, it is extremely difficult to obtain information on<br />
these closed criminal circuits. If we express this in new institutional concepts,<br />
we can say that high transaction costs are involved. However, there<br />
is no alternative since international control of organized crime is still in its<br />
infancy. The fact that international transactions are hard to control by<br />
national governments, and that there are no international organizations that<br />
can effectively take over this task, adds to the vertical institutional discrepancy.<br />
Both the horizontal and the vertical variant are seen to be breeding<br />
grounds for corruption.<br />
There is a clear relation with the three levels of analysis presented by<br />
Kroes and De Boer: factors at the macro level (the enormous flows of<br />
money resulting from drug trade, vertical institutional discrepancy); at the<br />
meso level (horizontal institutional discrepancy, lack of regulation, disturbed<br />
working relations between the police departments and the Public<br />
Prosecutor’s Office) and at the micro level (the personalities of the two<br />
police officers in question) are seen to play a significant role in this particular<br />
case.<br />
Obviously, the legitimacy of the CID branch involved has been<br />
severely damaged as a result of the events. However, the crisis does not<br />
restrict itself to this particular CID: the legitimacy of other police departments<br />
has also been affected, and so has the legitimacy of the Public<br />
144
Prosecutor’s Office and the politicians responsible. Indeed, at the height of<br />
the crisis, the credibility of the constitutional state as such was at stake:<br />
‘The Inquiry gradually reaches the maximum pain level a nation can<br />
bear’. 11 Meanwhile the results of the Parliamentary Inquiry have been<br />
published and the debate about the necessary policy reforms is in process.<br />
The important question that now needs to be answered is how the damage<br />
done can be repaired, and how the legitimacy of the various actors can be<br />
restored.<br />
The conclusions of the Chairman of the Parliamentary Inquiry Commission,<br />
Mr. Van Traa, are threefold. First, the existing regulations are not<br />
sufficient. Secondly, the existing regulations are obsolete. Thirdly, the<br />
existing regulations are not observed. Therefore, the Van Traa Commission<br />
recommends that abuses like these be prevented in the future by<br />
the issuing of new guidelines to regulate the behaviour of the actors<br />
involved. The underlying thought is that if clear procedures are<br />
established, there will be no scope for misunderstanding as regards responsibilities,<br />
competences, and lines of communication and authority. In<br />
new institutional concepts: if property rights are clearly defined and the<br />
relationship between principal and agent is subjected to clear procedures,<br />
the institutional discrepancy will decrease. Regulation as such is not sufficient:<br />
control mechanisms have to be built into the decision making<br />
process as well. The road to clean administration thus begins with a set of<br />
transparent and balanced procedures, according to Van Traa. This is in line<br />
with Schulte Nordholt: ‘Changes have to be aimed at more transparency<br />
of administration’. Braadbaart follows the same line of reasoning: ‘...it is<br />
also important that the government drafts a set of transparent national<br />
rules...’.<br />
When the Van Traa report was first published, the Commission’s<br />
recommendations met with approval. The public shared Van Traa’s view<br />
that the persons responsible for the abuses had to be retaliated against,<br />
even at the highest level. Subjecting the use of informants from the criminal<br />
circuit and the channelling of drug shipments to detailed regulation<br />
seemed a good starting point to prevent abuses. However, the tone of the<br />
debate has gradually changed. At the moment, a reorganization of the<br />
Public Prosecutor’s Office is ongoing, but it is not very likely that further<br />
steps will be taken against any of the actors actually involved. The suggestion<br />
to regulate and standardize the investigation methods meets with<br />
resistance from the criminal investigation departments, who claim that they<br />
cannot do their job (i.e. rounding up criminal organizations) if every step<br />
145
they make has to be approved of. Politicians, among whom the current<br />
Minister of Justice, are against too detailed regulation as well, arguing that<br />
each case has to be judged on its own merits. The Minister even wishes to<br />
permit the ‘controlled channelling of drugs’ in certain cases. The Van Traa<br />
recommendations seem to have lost their momentum. Why is this so?<br />
Rather than being subjected to detailed administrative procedures and<br />
control mechanisms, the actors involved want to maintain their own scope<br />
of decision making. In Basu’s words, their ‘bureaucratic instinct’ aims for<br />
as large a scope of decision making as possible. In order to prevent misuse<br />
of authority and other forms of corrupt behaviour, they argue that the<br />
people that are engaged in the combatting of criminal activities such as<br />
drug transfers should be trusted to do so. In order to justify this trust,<br />
Fijnaut considers the individual quality of the officers and the corps spirit<br />
to be important levers for policy. 12<br />
To guarantee the individual quality of the officers, the recruitment of<br />
agents is an important policy instrument. A strict selection at the gate is<br />
seen as a means to control the composition of the departments and the<br />
quality of the officers. However, this involves some risks. For example,<br />
the recruitment of ethnic minorities should be guaranteed. At the moment,<br />
ethnic minorities are hardly represented within the investigation departments,<br />
or, for that matter, within the Public Prosecutor’s Office. Without<br />
the involvement of officers with such a background, it will prove extremely<br />
difficult to obtain information on criminal organizations that<br />
originate from overseas and send their vanguards to the Netherlands.<br />
Because the criminal circuits are closed and not easily accessible to Dutch<br />
police officers, information can only be obtained at high transaction costs.<br />
However, if a policy of positive discrimination for ethnic minorities is<br />
adopted, the door may be opened for infiltration by these criminal organizations<br />
originating from overseas. The Parliamentary Inquiry has revealed<br />
some such attempts to infiltrate that were undertaken in the recent past.<br />
Another lever for preventing abuses is the social control exercised at<br />
the meso level. The argument is that when people are working closely<br />
together in small units, a climate of social control automatically arises.<br />
Officers are aware of each other’s activities and will intervene if one of<br />
their colleagues engages in unacceptable behaviour. However, the reverse<br />
may also be true: if the majority of officers engages in corrupt practices,<br />
this behaviour may gradually become accepted instead of being condemned.<br />
13 The Parliamentary Inquiry shows that this is exactly what<br />
happened: gradually it became harder and harder to distinguish the thin<br />
146
line between what is acceptable and what is not. The disturbed working<br />
relations between investigation departments and the Public Prosecutor’s<br />
Office and between various investigation departments themselves, led to<br />
the withholding of important information.<br />
At first sight, the safeguarding of the individual quality of officers<br />
and/or the social control as means to prevent corruption involves less cost<br />
than the introduction of detailed regulation. Basu rightly argues that maintaining<br />
regulations and enforcing control mechanisms is a costly affair,<br />
and that policy makers generally fail to realize this. These hidden costs are<br />
really transaction costs; they are normally not included in the cost-benefit<br />
analysis of a certain policy. Consequently, the Parliamentary Inquiry Commission<br />
does not express a view on this matter. Basu argues that the<br />
government should not overlook these costs of regulation. If governments<br />
do not adopt the principle of efficient pricing and the principle of contract,<br />
this will lead to excessive costs and reverse effects in terms of efficiency.<br />
Therefore, it is important, in combatting corruption, to pay attention to the<br />
points of monitoring: ‘Most illegal acts can be monitored from several<br />
places. Between two points of monitoring, which are equally suitable for<br />
controlling an illegal act, one may however have the side-effect of generating<br />
a larger bureaucracy and meddlesomeness...the cost difference<br />
between right and wrong here is much larger than people realize’.<br />
So which option is best? Regulate the investigation methods, as the<br />
Van Traa Commission recommends, or trust upon the quality of the individual<br />
officers and grant them a large scope in decision making, as has<br />
been the practice? The Parliamentary Inquiry Commission is definitely not<br />
in favour of the latter option. The broad scope of decision making that the<br />
CID officers claimed for themselves, and were given by their superiors in<br />
the past, resulted in the channelling of at least 65 containers with 300.000<br />
kilos of drugs in the period 1992-1995. At least 40.000 kilos were sold at<br />
the users market, and another 84.000 kilos have disappeared out of the<br />
CID’s sight. 14 This is not a result to be proud of, and therefore, we are<br />
inclined to support the Commission’s findings. 15 If property rights are<br />
clearly established and the relationship between principals and agents is<br />
streamlined by transparent procedures, the institutional gap as a breeding<br />
ground of corruption will be diminished. However, in deciding upon the<br />
appropriate regulation, the costs of this regulation should be taken into<br />
account, including the hidden transaction costs. Following Basu, due<br />
attention should be given to the points for monitoring.<br />
147
Notes<br />
1. The authors wish to thank Lucas Kroes (International Police Institute of<br />
Twente [IPIT]) for commenting on an earlier draft. His inputs regarding the<br />
proceedings and the results of the Parliamentary Inquiry on police investigation<br />
methods proved particularly valuable.<br />
2. Elsevier, September 23, 1995.<br />
3. Schulte Nordholt points out that this could not be achieved in Indonesia,<br />
where the democratic culture required to put an end to malpractices of the<br />
Indonesian government, is lacking (Chapter 4).<br />
4. One of the informants used by the CID involved, was free to sell the deck<br />
cargo of the drug shipments, fruit juices in this case, to his own profit<br />
(which led the Commission to nickname him the ‘lemonade man’). He was<br />
given half a million Dutch guilders by the CID to go into hiding and not be<br />
heard by the Parliamentary Inquiry Commission. The sister of the Chief of<br />
the CID was later given a job in one of the informant’s branches in South<br />
America. One close colleague of the CID Chief was ‘running’ a network of<br />
informants even after he had left the police department. In this capacity he<br />
channelled 300.000 Dutch guilders, paid to him by criminals, to the CID<br />
(Elsevier, November 18, 1995).<br />
5. Elsevier, November 18, 1995.<br />
6. Elsevier, November 18, 1995.<br />
7. Elsevier, November 18, 1995.<br />
8. Elsevier, November 18, 1995.<br />
9. Elsevier, November 18, 1995.<br />
10. Carduner, 1987, p.5.<br />
11. Elsevier, October 14, 1995.<br />
12. Fijnaut, C., 1993.<br />
13. Bakker quotes Gould, who states that in a tolerant culture, the amount of<br />
corruption is inclined to increase rather than decrease (Chapter 1).<br />
14. Elsevier, October 14, 1995.<br />
15. The findings of Kroes and De Boer regarding corruption within the aliens’<br />
police departments point into the same direction: in this case, people could<br />
not handle the scope of decision making they were confronted with either. In<br />
a setting where officers are not subjected to clear control mechanisms,<br />
norms are gradually lifted, finally resulting in abuses and corruption.<br />
148
Note on the Authors<br />
Drs. Heleen E. Bakker has a background in Public and Development<br />
Administration. She has joined the Technology and Development Group<br />
(University of Twente) in 1994. She has a strong interest in development<br />
economics, processes of nation building, institutional development, and<br />
models of governance. Her field experience is in East Africa where she<br />
carried out an evaluation study of the bottom-up identification and<br />
planning process in the water sector in Baringo and West-Pokot districts<br />
(Kenya). Drs. Bakker can be contacted at the Technology and Development<br />
Group, University of Twente, P.O. Box 217, 7500 AE Enschede,<br />
the Netherlands. Phone: +31-53-4893534/45, fax: +31-53-4893087, email:<br />
h.e.bakker@tdg.utwente.nl<br />
Dr. Nico G. Schulte Nordholt is a Political Anthropologist working at the<br />
Technology and Development Group (University of Twente). From 1969<br />
to 1983 he lived in Indonesia where he worked at various universities.<br />
From 1984 to 1988 he was advisor to BAPPEDA, the Development and<br />
Planning Board of the Province of West Java, Indonesia. He regularly<br />
publishes on development issues in Indonesia and on the subject of institutional<br />
development. From 1987 to 1991 he was involved in a Dutch-<br />
Indonesian collaborative research on policy issues and problems related to<br />
the industrialization process in rural West Java. He edited the results of<br />
this research in Deregulation, Local Finance and Employment Opportunities<br />
in West Java (1992). He was co-editor to SISWO publication no.<br />
384, Privatisation Experiences in African and Asian Countries (1994). Dr.<br />
Schulte Nordholt can be contacted at the Technology and Development<br />
Group, University of Twente, P.O. Box 217, 7500 AE Enschede, the<br />
Netherlands. Phone: +31-53-4893533/45, fax: +31-53-4893087, email:<br />
n.g.schultenordholt@tdg.utwente.nl<br />
Kaushik Basu is Professor of Economics at the Department of Economics,<br />
Cornell University and Director of the Centre for Development Economics,<br />
Delhi School of Economics, Delhi, India. He has also held visiting<br />
positions at the Institute of Advanced Studies, Princeton, and the London<br />
School of Economics, where he was ‘Distinguished Visitor’ in 1993. A<br />
Fellow of the Economic Society and a recipient of the Mahalanobis<br />
Memorial Award for contributions to economics, Kaushik Basu has pub-<br />
149
lished widely in the areas of development, industrial organization, welfare<br />
economics and game theory. His books include The Less Developed Economy<br />
(1984), a revised version of which is to be published by the MIT<br />
Press, and Lectures in Industrial Organization Theory (1993). Professor<br />
Basu can be contacted at the Department of Economics, Cornell University,<br />
Uris Hall, Ithaca, New York 14853-7601, U.S.A. Phone: +1-607-255-<br />
2525/4218, fax: +1-607-2552818, email: kb40@cornell.edu<br />
Dr. Frank de Zwart studied Cultural and Social Anthropology at the University<br />
of Amsterdam. He specialized on South Asia. Subjects of his<br />
interest are: political anthropology, sociology of organization, political<br />
structure and public administration in India. From 1985 to 1990, he<br />
worked at the department of Cultural Anthropology/Non-Western Sociology<br />
at the University of Amsterdam. From 1990 onwards, he has been<br />
head of the department Governance in Non-Western Countries at the University<br />
of Leiden. Dr. De Zwart can be contacted at the Faculty of Social<br />
Sciences, University of Leiden, Wassenaarseweg 52, 2333 AK, Leiden, the<br />
Netherlands. Phone: +31-71-5273896/88, fax: +31-71-5273979, email:<br />
Zwart@rulfsw.LeidenUniv.nl<br />
Dr. Okke Braadbaart is an Economic Anthropologist. He was stationed in<br />
Java, Indonesia, in 1987 and again from 1989 to 1992. During this period<br />
he was attached to the West Java Rural Nonfarm Sector Research Project<br />
funded by the Netherlands Ministry of Foreign Affairs. He subsequently<br />
conducted field research on the textile and engineering industries, which<br />
resulted in a PhD on the industrial economics and politics of the<br />
Indonesian textile machine industry (1994) as well as a number of publications<br />
on industrial water use and pollution. He has taught Applied Anthropology<br />
at the University of Nijmegen and was a visiting scholar at the<br />
Technology and Development Group, University of Twente, in 1995. Okke<br />
Braadbaart is presently giving lectures at the International Institute for<br />
Infrastructural Hydraulic and Environmental Engineering (IHE). Dr.<br />
Braadbaart can be contacted at: IHE, P.O.Box 3015, 2601 DA Delft, the<br />
Netherlands. Phone: +31-15-2151772, fax: +31-15-2122921.<br />
Drs. Lucas Kroes studied Sociology and Criminology at the University of<br />
Groningen and started working for the International Police Institute of<br />
Twente (IPIT) at the University of Twente in 1992. He has published<br />
books and articles on various subjects related to police and crime. He is<br />
150
mainly occupied with the evaluation of police innovation programmes and<br />
the effectiveness of the police. Drs. Kroes can be contacted at the International<br />
Police Institute of Twente, University of Twente, P.O. Box 217,<br />
7500 AE Enschede, the Netherlands. Phone: +31-53-4894057/3917, fax:<br />
+31-53-4892255, email: l.kroes@bsk.utwente.nl<br />
Drs. Coby de Boer studied Public Administration and Public Policy at the<br />
University of Twente. She graduated in 1994 on the topic of ‘Organized<br />
Crime and the Local Government’.<br />
151
References<br />
* Anant, T.C.A., Gangopadhyay, Shubashis and Goswami, Omkar, Industrial<br />
Sickness in India: Characteristics, Determinants, and History, 1970-1990,<br />
mimeo: I.S.I., Delhi, 1993.<br />
* Bardach, E., and R. Kagan, Going by the Book: The Problem of Regulatory<br />
Unreasonableness, Lexington: Lexington Books, 1982.<br />
* Barendse, M.H.C., en W.M. van Gemert, Corruptie: integriteit in breder<br />
perspectief, Modus, 3e jaargang, nr. 6, 1994, pp. 2-4.<br />
* Baron, J.N., and M.T. Hannan, The Impact of Economics on Contemporary<br />
Sociology, in: Journal of Economic Literature 32, 1994, pp. 1111-1146.<br />
* Bastin, J., L. Smith en N.G. Schulte Nordholt, Het zesde cabinet van<br />
Soeharto: mogelijkheden voor take-off, in: Internationale Spectator vol. 47,<br />
1993, pp. 440-446.<br />
* Basu, K., The Right to Give Up Rights, in: Economica, vol. 51, 1984.<br />
* Basu K., Technological Stagnation, Tenurial Laws and Adverse Selection,<br />
in: American Economic Review, vol. 79, 1989.<br />
* Basu, K., Markets, Laws and Governments, in: Jalan, B. (ed.), The Indian<br />
Economy: Problems and Prospects, Viking, Penguin India, 1992.<br />
* Basu, K., S. Bhattacharya and A. Mishra, Notes on Bribery and the Control<br />
of <strong>Corruption</strong>, in: Journal of Public Economics, vol. 48, 1992, pp. 349-359.<br />
* Basu, K., Strucural Reform in India, 1991-93: Experience and Agenda, in:<br />
Economic and Political Weekly, November 27, 1993.<br />
* Basu, K., The Institutional and Legal Prerequisites of Economic Reform in<br />
India, paper presented at IDPAD conference, 29-30 November 1994.<br />
* Basu, K., Do India’s Labor Laws Hurt Indian Laborers? A Theoretical<br />
Investigation, mimeo: Cornell University, 1995.<br />
* Basu, K., India’s Structural Adjustment and the Need for Institutional Reform,<br />
in: Ras, C.H.H. & H. Linnemann (eds), Economic Reform and Poverty<br />
Alleviation in India, Sage, New Delhi, 1996.<br />
* Bayley, D.H., The Effects of <strong>Corruption</strong> in a Developing Nation, in: Western<br />
Political Quarterly, 19,4, 1996, pp. 719-32.<br />
* Bayley, D.H., The Effects of <strong>Corruption</strong> in a Developing Nation, in: Heidenheimer,<br />
A.J., M. Johnston and V.T. LeVine (eds), Political <strong>Corruption</strong>: A<br />
Handbook, Transaction Publishers, 1989, pp. 935-952.<br />
* Becker, G., The economic approach to human behaviour, University of<br />
Chicago Press, Chicago, 1976.<br />
* Benda, H.J., The pattern of administrative reforms in the closing years of<br />
Dutch rule in Indonesia, in: Journal of Asian Studies no. 25, 1966, pp. 589-<br />
605.<br />
153
* Boudon, R., De logica van het sociale: een inleiding tot het sociologisch<br />
denken, Alphen a.d. Rijn/Brussel: Samsom Uitgeverij, 1981.<br />
* Braadbaart, O. (forthcoming), Regulatory Strategies and Rational Polluters.<br />
Industrial Waste-Water Control in Indonesia, 1982-1992, in: Third World<br />
Planning Review.<br />
* Braadbaart, O., The Nuts and Bolts of Industry Growth. Textile Equipment<br />
Manufacturing in Indonesia, PhD Thesis, University of Nijmegen, Nijmegen,<br />
1994.<br />
* Braadbaart, O., Machine Tools and the Indonesian Engineering Subsector:<br />
Consumption Trends and Localisation Efforts in the 1980s, in: Bulletin of<br />
Indonesian Economic Studies, vol. 32, no. 2, August 1996, pp. 75-104.<br />
* Brasz, H.A., The Sociology of <strong>Corruption</strong>, in: Heidenheimer, A.J.(ed.),<br />
Political <strong>Corruption</strong>: Readings in Comparative Analysis, New Brunswick,<br />
New Jersey: Transaction Books, 1970, pp. 41-45.<br />
* Bryant, C., and L.G. Whyte, Managing Development in the Third World,<br />
Boulder, Colorado, Westview Press, 1982.<br />
* Buchanan, J.M., R.D. Tollison en G. Tullock, Towards a Theory of the Rent<br />
Seeking Society, College Station, 1980.<br />
* Bunt, H.G. van de, Het bederf komt van binnenuit, in: Nederlands Juristen<br />
Blad, afl. 45/46, 16 december 1994, pp. 1576-1577.<br />
* Caiden G.E., and N.J. Caiden, Administrative <strong>Corruption</strong>, in: Public Administration<br />
Review, May-June 1977, pp. 301-309.<br />
* Caiden, G.E., and N.J. Caiden, Administrative <strong>Corruption</strong> (1977), Revisited<br />
paper presented at the Third International Conference Ethics in the Public<br />
Service, Jerusalem, June 6-11, 1993.<br />
* Card, D. and A. Krueger, Minimum Wages and employment: A Case Study<br />
of the Fast-Food Industry in New Jersey and Pensylvania, in: American<br />
Economic Review, vol. 94, 1994.<br />
* Carduner, O., The Impact of <strong>Corruption</strong> on Rural Development,<br />
USAID/Dhaka, 1987.<br />
* Carter, D.L., Hispanic perspection of police performance: an empirical<br />
assessment, in: Journal of Criminal Justice, Vol. 13, 1985, pp. 487-499.<br />
* Chambers, R., Rural Development. Putting the Last First, London, Longman<br />
Group, 1983.<br />
* Chander, H., Contract of Employment and Management Prerogatives, Vijaya<br />
Publication, 1994.<br />
* Clark, J., Democratizing Development: the Role of Voluntary Organizations,<br />
London, Earthscan, 1991.<br />
* Coleman, J.S., Modernisation: Political Aspects, in: D.L. Sills (ed.), International<br />
Encyclopeadia of Social Sciences, volume 10, New York, McMillan,<br />
1986, pp. 395-402.<br />
154
* Coser, L. A., Greedy Institutions. Patterns of Undivided Commitment, New<br />
York, The Free Press, 1974.<br />
* Crozier, M., The Bureaucratic Phenomenon, London, Tavistock Publications,<br />
1964.<br />
* Dagblad Tubantia, Zonder te betalen loopt de politieagent de cafetaria uit,<br />
15 april 1994.<br />
* Dagblad Tubantia, ‘Het vlees is zwak, al zit het nog zo keurig in het pak’,<br />
30 juli 1994.<br />
* Datta Chaudhuri, Mrinal, Labor Markets as Social Institutions in India,<br />
Working Paper 16, Centre for Development Economics, Delhi School of<br />
Economics 1994.<br />
* De Telegraaf, ‘Foute’ politieman waarschuwt agenten tegen corruptie, 11<br />
april 1994.<br />
* De Volkskrant, Politiecorruptie, 15 april 1995.<br />
* Delattre, E.J., Character and cops: ethics in policing, Washington DC,<br />
American Enterprise Institute for Public Policy Research, 1989.<br />
* Deschouwer, K. (ed.), David Easton: Een Systeemanalyse van het Politieke<br />
Leven, Leuven/Amersfoort: Acco, 1993.<br />
* Dick, A., Information, Enforcement Costs and Cartel Stability: An Empirical<br />
Investigation, mimeo: University of California at Los Angeles, 1994.<br />
* Dimento, J.F., Environmental Law and American Business. Dilemmas of<br />
Compliance, New York, Plenum Press, 1986.<br />
* Dogan, M., Introduction: Strains on <strong>Legitimacy</strong>, in: Dogan, M. (ed), Comparing<br />
Pluralist Democracies: Strains on <strong>Legitimacy</strong>, Westview Press, 1988,<br />
pp. 1-18.<br />
* Doorn, J.A.A. van, De laatste eeuw van Indië: Ontwikkelingen en Ondergang<br />
van een Koloniaal Project, Amsterdam, Bakker, 1994.<br />
* Drazen, A., Optimal Minimum Wage legislation, in: Economic Journal, vol.<br />
96, 1986.<br />
* Dreze, J., and A. Sen, Hunger and Public Action, Clarendon Press, 1989.<br />
* Dye, T.R., <strong>Legitimacy</strong>, Governments and Markets, in: Dye, T.R. (ed), The<br />
Political <strong>Legitimacy</strong> of Markets and Governments, 1990, pp. 3-18.<br />
* Economica, 4, 1937, pp. 386-405. Reprinted in: Stigler, G.J. and K.E.<br />
Boulding (eds.), Readings in Price Theory, 1952.<br />
* Eisenhardt, K.M., Agency Theory: An Assessment and Review, in: Academy<br />
of Management Review 14, 1989, pp. 57-74.<br />
* Elders, J.L.M., Legitimiteit en Recht, in: Brugmans, E.H.L., en J.L.M.<br />
Elders (eds.), Recht en Legitimiteit, serie Rechtsfilosofie en Rechtstheorie 5,<br />
1987, pp. 15-16.<br />
* Fagg, D.D., Authority and Social Structure: a Study in Javanese Bureaucracy,<br />
Cambridge, Massachusetts: Harvard University (mircrofilm), 1958.<br />
155
* Fasseur, C., De indologen: Ambtenaren voor de Oost 1825-1950, Uitgeverij<br />
Bert Bakker, 1993.<br />
* Fields, G., Changing Labour Market Conditions and Economic Development<br />
in Hong Kong, Korea, Singapore and Taiwan, mimeo: Cornell University,<br />
1993.<br />
* Fijnaut, C., Politiële corruptie in Nederland, Arnhem, Gouda Quint, 1993.<br />
* Fletcher, J., Ch’ing Inner Asia c. 1800, in: D. Twitchett and J.K. Fairbank<br />
(eds.), The Cambridge History of China, Vol. 10, Cambridge University<br />
Press, 1978, pp. 35-107.<br />
* Gould, D.J., Bureaucratic <strong>Corruption</strong> and Underdevelopment in the Third<br />
World: The Case of Zaire, Pergamon Press, 1980.<br />
* Government of India, The Indian Contract Act, New Delhi, 1872.<br />
* Government of India, Industrial Disputes Act, New Delhi, 1947.<br />
* Government of India, Delhi Rent Control Act, New Delhi, 1958.<br />
* Government of India, Monopolies and Restrictive Trade Practices Act, New<br />
Delhi, 1969.<br />
* Government of India, Bounded Labour System (Abolition) Act, New Delhi,<br />
1976.<br />
* Groenewegen, J., About Double Organized Markets: Issues of Competition<br />
and Cooperation. The Dutch Construction Cartel, in: Journal of Economic<br />
Issues 28, 1994, pp. 901-908.<br />
* Gupta, R., The Poverty Trap: Lessons from Dharampur, in: D.C. Korten and<br />
F.B. Alfonso (eds.), Bureaucracy and the Poor Closing the Gap, Asian<br />
Institute of Management, Manilla, 1981, pp. 114-130.<br />
* Heidenheimer, A.J. (ed), Political <strong>Corruption</strong>: Readings in Comparative<br />
Analysis, Transaction Publishers, 1970.<br />
* Heidenheimer, A.J., M. Johnston and V.T. LeVine (eds), Political <strong>Corruption</strong>:<br />
A Handbook, Transaction Publishers, 1989.<br />
* Hoekema, A.J., Legitimiteit door Legaliteit, over het Recht van de Overheid,<br />
Ars Aequi Libri, 1991.<br />
* Howard, Ph.K., The Death of Common Sense, Random House, 1995.<br />
* Huberts, L., Machtsbederf staat op politieke agenda, maar meeste overheden<br />
blijven nog passief, in: Binnenlands Bestuur Management, 28 januari 1994,<br />
pp. 4-7.<br />
* Hulp of Handel? Een evaluatie-onderzoek van het programma Ontwikkelingsrelevante<br />
Exporttransacties, Den Haag: Inspectie Ontwikkelingssamenwerking<br />
te Velde, DGIS, 1990.<br />
* Hulten, M. van, Corruptie in Ontwikkelingslanden, in: Maandblad voor<br />
Accountancy en Bedrijfseconomie, 69e jaargang, nummer 1/2, januari/februari<br />
1995.<br />
* Huntington, S.P., Political Order in Changing Societies, Yale University<br />
Press, 1968.<br />
156
* Huntington, S. P., Modernization and <strong>Corruption</strong>, in: Heidenheimer, A.J., M.<br />
Johnston and V.T. LeVine (eds), Political <strong>Corruption</strong>: A Handbook, Transaction<br />
Publishers, 1989, pp. 377-388.<br />
* Indonesian State Railways, Facts and Figures 1990, 1990.<br />
* Jalan, B. (ed.), The Indian Economy: Problems and Prospects, Viking: Penguin<br />
India, 1992.<br />
* Johnston, M., <strong>Corruption</strong>, Inequality and Change, in: Ward, P.M.(ed.), <strong>Corruption</strong>,<br />
Development and Inequality: Soft Touch or Hard Graft?, Routledge,<br />
1989, pp. 13-37.<br />
* Klitgaard, R., Controlling <strong>Corruption</strong>, University of California Press,<br />
Berkeley, 1988.<br />
* Klitgaard, R., Incentive Myopia, in: World Development 17, 1989, pp. 447-<br />
459.<br />
* Klitgaard, R., Adjusting to Reality. Beyond ‘State Versus Market’ in Economic<br />
Development, San Fransisco, ICS Press, 1991.<br />
* Korten, D.C., and F.B. Alfonso, Bureaucracy and the Poor: Closing the<br />
Gap, Asian Institute of Management, Manilla, 1981.<br />
* Kroes, L., L.L. Meiberg en G.J.N. Bruinsma, Vernieuwingen in Politiezorg.<br />
Een tussentijdse rapportage van een evaluatie van de bestuursafspraak bij<br />
de politie Enschede, IPIT Boekenreeks nr. 4, Universiteit Twente, 1994.<br />
* Krueger, A., The Political Economy of the Rent-Seeking Society, in: American<br />
Economic Review, no. 64, 1974, pp. 291-303.<br />
* Kurer, O., Clientelism, <strong>Corruption</strong> and the Allocation of Resources, in: Public<br />
Choice, vol. 77, 1993, pp. 259-273.<br />
* Leff, N.H., Economic Development through Bureaucratic <strong>Corruption</strong>, in:<br />
Heidenheimer, A.J., M. Johnston and V.T. LeVine (eds), Political <strong>Corruption</strong>:<br />
A Handbook, Transaction Publishers, 1989, pp. 389-403.<br />
* Leys, C., What is the Problem About <strong>Corruption</strong>?, in: Heidenheimer, A.J.,<br />
M. Johnston and V.T. LeVine (eds), Political <strong>Corruption</strong>: A Handbook,<br />
Transaction Publishers, 1989, pp. 51-66.<br />
* Lindenberg, S., W. Arts en R. Wippler, Gedrag en structuur: de relevantie<br />
van microtheorieën voor de verklaring van macroverschijnselen, Rotterdam,<br />
Universitaire Pers, in: Mens en Maatschappij, 1976, pp. 1-20.<br />
* Lindenberg, S., en F.N. Stokman, Modellen in de sociologie. Bundel aangeboden<br />
aan I. Gadourek bij zijn 25-jarig jubileum als hoogleraar aan de<br />
Rijksuniversiteit Groningen, Van Loghum Slaterus, Deventer, 1983.<br />
* Lindenberg, S., J.S. Coleman and S. Nowak, Approaches to Social theory,<br />
New York, Russel Sage Foundation, 1986.<br />
* Love, A.R., Development Cooperation: Efforts and Policies of the Members<br />
of the Development Aid Committee, OECD, Paris, 1993.<br />
157
* Martinussen, J. (ed), New Institutional Economics and Development Theory,<br />
International Development Studies, occasional paper no.6, Roskilde University,<br />
1993.<br />
* Mauss, M., The Gift. The Form and Reason for Exchange in Archaic<br />
Societies, London: Routledge, 1990.<br />
* Merton, R.K., Bureaucratic Structure and Personality, in: Merton et al.<br />
(eds.), Reader in Bureaucracy, Glencoe I11., The Free Press, 1952.<br />
* Metha, G., Plum Police Postings for a Price, in: Times of India, Ahmedabad,<br />
July 31, 1990.<br />
* Mishra, A., Bribery and the Economics in Enforcement, Mimeo (part of the<br />
PhD thesis submitted to Delhi University), 1993.<br />
* Mobility Patterns in State Government Departments in India, in: Indian<br />
Journal of Public Administration, XXXIV,4, 1988, pp. 907-32.<br />
* Moe, T., The New Economics of Organization, in: American Journal of<br />
Political Science 28, 1984, pp. 739-777.<br />
* Moore, M., Competition and Pluralism in Public Bureaucracies, in: IDS<br />
Bulletin 23, 1992, pp. 65-77.<br />
* Morton, J., Bent Coppers: a survey of police corruption, London, Little,<br />
Brown and Company, 1993.<br />
* Myrdal, G., The Challenge of World Poverty. 4 World Anti-Poverty Programme<br />
in Outline, New York, Vintage Books, 1970.<br />
* Myrdal, G., <strong>Corruption</strong> as a Hindrance to Modernization in South Asia, in:<br />
Heidenheimer, A.J., M. Johnston and V.T. LeVine (eds), Political <strong>Corruption</strong>:<br />
A Handbook, Transaction Publishers, 1989, pp. 405-421.<br />
* Myrdal, G., <strong>Corruption</strong>: its Causes and Effects, in: Heidenheimer, A.J., M.<br />
Johnston and V.T. LeVine (eds), Political <strong>Corruption</strong>: A Handbook, Transaction<br />
Publishers, 1989, pp. 953-961.<br />
* Nabli, M.K. en J.B. Nugent, The New Institutional Economics and its Applicability<br />
to Development, in: World Development, vol. 17, no.9, 1989, pp.<br />
1333-1347.<br />
* North, D., ‘Transactions Costs in History, in: Journal of European Economic<br />
History, vol. 14, 1985, pp. 557-576.<br />
* NRC Handelsblad, ‘Afdeling tegen corruptie binnen politie Rijnmond’, 9 mei<br />
1994.<br />
* NRC Handelsblad, ‘Ministers eisen hardere aanpak corrupte politie’, 14<br />
april 1995.<br />
* NRC Handelsblad, ‘Rotterdamse politie ontsloeg in 3 jaar 17 agenten’, 19<br />
april 1995.<br />
* Nugent, J., and N. Sanchez, The Efficiency of the Mesta: A Parable, in:<br />
Explorations in Economic history, vol. 26, 1989, pp. 261-284.<br />
158
* Nye, J.S., <strong>Corruption</strong> and Political Development: a Cost-Benefit Analysis,<br />
in: Heidenheimer, A.J., M. Johnston and V.T. LeVine (eds), Political <strong>Corruption</strong>:<br />
A Handbook, Transaction Publishers, 1989, pp. 963-983.<br />
* ONUDI (UNIDO), Rapport d’Audit Phase 2, Indonesie, Cecoforma, Jakarta,<br />
1992.<br />
* Opp, K.D., und H.J. Hümmell, Soziales Verhalten und Soziale Systeme,<br />
Frankfurt am Main, Athenäum, 1973.<br />
* Pijl, D., Organized Crime and Police <strong>Corruption</strong>, in: C. Fijnaut en J. Jacobs<br />
(eds.), Organized Crime and its Containment: A Transatlantic Initiative,<br />
Kluwer Law and Taxation Publishers, 1991, pp. 101-120.<br />
* Pizzorno, A., en D. della Porta, De rol van zakenpolitici in de Italiaanse<br />
politiek, in: Nederlands Juristen Blad, 16 december 1994, afl. 45/46, 1563-<br />
1575.<br />
* Platteau, J-Ph., The Free Market is Not Readily Transferable: Reflections on<br />
the Links between Market, Social Relations and Moral Norms, in: Martinussen,<br />
J. (ed), New Institutional Economics and Development Theory, International<br />
Development Studies, occasional paper no.6, Roskilde University,<br />
1993, pp. 71-178.<br />
* Platteau, J-Ph., Behind the Market Stage Where Real Societies Exist: The<br />
Role of public and private Order Institutions, in: Journal of Development<br />
Studies, vol. 30, 1994, pp. 533-577.<br />
* Potter, D.C., India’s Political Administrators (1919-1983), Oxford,<br />
Clarendon Press, 1986.<br />
* Riggs, F.W., Administration in Developing Countries. The Theory of Prismatic<br />
Society, Boston, Houghton Mifflin, 1964.<br />
* Rose-Ackerman, S., <strong>Corruption</strong>. A Study in Political Economy, New York,<br />
Academic Press, 1978.<br />
* Rose-Ackerman, S., Bribery, in: The New Palgrave: A Dictionary of Economics,<br />
2nd Ed., 1987.<br />
* Ruimschotel, D., Corruptie als combinatie van irreguliere bevoordeling en<br />
infaam verraad, in: Nederlands Juristen Blad, 16 december 1994, afl. 45/46,<br />
1554-1562.<br />
* Schiller, J., The cities of Janus, two faces of transformation, in: Prisma 51,<br />
1992, pp. 23-33.<br />
* Schulte Nordholt, N.G., De Pamong Pradja, een beschrijving van het Binnenlands<br />
Bestuurscorps in het Javaanssprekende gedeelte van Indonesië,<br />
1901-1965, 1968.<br />
* Schulte Nordholt, N.G., Pemutihan: de Grote Reiniging in Indonesië, VU-<br />
Magazine, 11, 1977, pp. 30-33.<br />
* Schulte Nordholt, N.G., Opbouw in Opdracht of Ontwikkeling in Overleg?,<br />
proefschrift Vrije Universiteit, Amsterdam, 1981.<br />
159
* Schulte Nordholt, N.G., Public-private partnership and urban development<br />
policy in Indonesia: a critical comment. Paper presented at the 6th annual<br />
workshop, European social science Java network, Geneva, April 29-30 1993.<br />
* Schulte Nordholt, N.G., Aid and political conditionality: the case of Dutch-<br />
Indonesian relationships, in: Stokke, O. (ed.) Aid and political conditionality,<br />
Frank Cass, 1995, pp. 129-161.<br />
* Scott, J.C., An Essay on the Political Functions of <strong>Corruption</strong>, in: Asian<br />
Studies, vol. V, no.3, 1967, pp. 501-523.<br />
* Scott, J.C., <strong>Corruption</strong>, Machine Politics and Political Change, in: Heidenheimer,<br />
A.J. (ed), Political <strong>Corruption</strong>: Readings in Comparative Analysis,<br />
Transaction Publishers, 1970, pp. 549-563.<br />
* Scott, J.C., Comparative Political <strong>Corruption</strong>, Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey,<br />
Prentice-Hall, 1972.<br />
* Sechrest, D.K., and P. Burns, Police <strong>Corruption</strong>, The Miami Case, in: Criminal<br />
Justice and Behavior, vol. 19, 1992, pp. 294-313.<br />
* Sen, A., Public Action and the Quality of Life in Developing Countries, in:<br />
Oxford Bulletin of Economics and Statistics, vol. 43, 1981.<br />
* Singh, J., Monopolistic and restrictive Trade Practices: Comments on the<br />
Anti-Monopoly Legislation in India, Delhi School of Economics, Working<br />
Paper 9302, 1993.<br />
* Smith, T.M., <strong>Corruption</strong>, tradition and change in Indonesia, in:<br />
Heidenheimer, A.J., M. Johnston, and V.T. LeVine (eds.), Political corruption:<br />
A handboek, Transaction Publishers, 1989, pp. 423-440.<br />
* Soto, H. de, The Other Path: The Invisible Revolution in the Third World,<br />
Harper & Row, New York, 1989.<br />
* Spangenberg, B., British Bureaucracy in India: Status, Policy and the I.C.S.<br />
in the Late 19th Century, Columbia, South Asia Books, 1976.<br />
* Staudth, K., Managing Development: State, Society and International Contexts,<br />
London, Sage, 1991.<br />
* Stokke, O., European Aid Policies: Some Emerging Trends, in: Stokke, O.<br />
(ed.), European Development Assistance, Volume 1, Policies and Performance,<br />
Norwegian Institute of International Affairs, Oslo, 1984, pp. 9-64.<br />
* Stoop, C. de, ‘Ze zijn zo lief, meneer’: over vrouwenhandel, meisjesballetten<br />
en de Bende van de Miljardair, Leuven, Kritak, 1992.<br />
* Sutherland, H.A., Pangreh Pradja: Java’s indigenous administrative corps<br />
and its role in the last decades of Dutch colonial rule, Yale University,<br />
1973.<br />
* The Self-Deceiving State, IDS Bulletin, 23, 4, 1992, pp. 31-42.<br />
* Thee Kian Wie, Industrial Structure and Small and Medium Enterprise<br />
Development in Indonesia, EDI working paper, World Bank, Washington<br />
DC, 1993.<br />
160
* Traa, M. van, et al., Inzake Opsporing: Enquêtecommissie Opsporingsmethoden,’s-Gravenhage,<br />
SDU, 1996.<br />
* Uphoff, N., Local Institutional Development: An Analytical Sourcebook with<br />
Cases, Kumarian Press, 1986.<br />
* Van Waarden, B.F., Regulering van prijsafspraken in de Bouw, in: Economisch<br />
Statistische Berichten, February 4 1987, pp. 122-126.<br />
* Vries, P. de, De Neo-institutionele Economie als Complement van de Neoklassieke<br />
Economie, in: Vries, P. de, De Lastige Verhouding tussen Departement<br />
en Agent, dissertatie, Universiteit Twente, 1992, pp. 21-38.<br />
* Vries, P. de, Transactiekosten, Property Rights en de Principal Agent Benadering,<br />
in: Vries, P. de, De Lastige Verhouding tussen Departement en<br />
Agent, dissertatie, Universiteit Twente, 1992, pp. 39-78.<br />
* Wade, R., The System of Administrative and Political <strong>Corruption</strong>: Canal<br />
Irrigation in South India, in: The Journal of Development Studies, 18, 3,<br />
1982, pp. 287-328.<br />
* Wade, R., The Market for Public Office: Why the Indian State Is Not Better<br />
at Development, in: World Development, 13, 1985, pp. 467-497.<br />
* Walker, S., Employment of Black and Hispanic police officers, in: ACJS<br />
Today, November 1983, pp. 3-5.<br />
* Ward, P.M., <strong>Corruption</strong>, Development and Inequality: Soft Touch or Hard<br />
Graft?, Routledge, 1989.<br />
* Ward, P.M., Politics and Graft: Recruitment, Appointment, and Promotions<br />
to Public Office in India, in: P.M. Ward (ed.), <strong>Corruption</strong>, Development and<br />
Inequality, Soft Touch or Hard Graft?, Londen Routlegde 1989, pp. 73-110.<br />
* Wecke, L., <strong>Legitimacy</strong> as Limiting Factor in Governmental Decision Making:<br />
the Case of the Cruise Missiles, in: Snellen, I.Th.M. (ed), Limits of<br />
Government: Dutch Experiences, Kobra, 1985, pp. 99-132.<br />
* Wertheim, W.F., Corruptie als Sociologisch Studieobject, in: Sociologisch<br />
jaarboek, vol. 14, deel 1, 1960, pp. 5-40.<br />
* Wertheim, W.F., Sociological Aspects of <strong>Corruption</strong> in Southeast Asia, in:<br />
East West Parallels: Sociological Approaches to Modern Asia, W. van<br />
Hoeve Ltd., 1964, pp. 102-131.<br />
* Wertheim, W.F., Sociological Aspects of <strong>Corruption</strong> in Southeast Asia, in:<br />
A.J. Heidenheimer (ed.), Political <strong>Corruption</strong>: Readings in Comparative<br />
Analysis, New Brunswick, New Jersey: Transaction Books, 1970, pp. 195-<br />
211.<br />
* Williamson, O.E., The Economic Institutions of Capitalism, New York, Free<br />
Press, 1985.<br />
* Wood, G.D., Parallel Rationalities in Service Provision: the General Case of<br />
<strong>Corruption</strong> in Rural Development, paper presented at a seminar on State and<br />
non-State Provision of Services in Eastern Africa and South Asia, June 15-<br />
17, 1992, n.p..<br />
161
* Zwart, F. de, A Constant Flux of Personnel: Some Ideas on Personnel<br />
Transfers in Indian Bureaucracy, in: T.K. Moulik, and H. Streefkerk (eds.),<br />
Managing Rural Development: the Indian Experience in Health and Energy<br />
Programmes, New Delhi, Sage, 1990, pp. 114-125.<br />
* Zwart, F. de, The Bureaucratic Merry-Go-Round. Manipulating the Transfer<br />
of Indian Civil Servants, Amsterdam, Amsterdam University Press, 1994.<br />
162